ML12054A691: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(Created page by program invented by StriderTol)
 
(6 intermediate revisions by the same user not shown)
Line 3: Line 3:
| issue date = 02/10/2012
| issue date = 02/10/2012
| title = 2012 Byron Station Initial License Examination Administered Job Performance Measures
| title = 2012 Byron Station Initial License Examination Administered Job Performance Measures
| author name = Bielby M E
| author name = Bielby M
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OB
| author affiliation = NRC/RGN-III/DRS/OB
| addressee name =  
| addressee name =  
Line 14: Line 14:
| page count = 191
| page count = 191
}}
}}
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Calculate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: RA 1a Revision Number: 01 Date: 10/17/2011 Developed By:    Bill Hochstetter            10/17/2011 Instructor          Date Validated By:    Brain Lewin                  11/6/2011 SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:    Rob Lawlor                  11/6/2011 Facility Representative      Date
RA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE:        All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure OP-AP-300-1004 Rev: 2 Procedure                                Rev:
Procedure                                Rev:
________    9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    10. Verify performance time is accurate
________    11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 7
RA 1a - rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 01      Initial revision of JPM Comment                                                    Resolution Revised JPM for 2012 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 7
RA 1a - rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6200 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps.
: 2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
: 2. The US has directed you to calculate a reactivity change, utilizing OP-AP-300-1004, that will allow rod withdrawal and match Tave to Tref keeping turbine load constant.
* Provide blank copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
* Provide copy of Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps 2 & 3 Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps.
These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
TASK STANDARDS:
: 1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref
: 2. Calculate the Reactivity Change Determination Form.
MATERIALS:
* Blank copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules at 6211 EFPH SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 7
RA 1a - rev 01 RECORD START TIME:
EVALUATOR NOTE: These steps may be performed in any order.
STEP                ELEMENT                                    STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT      CMT#
CUE Provide copy of OP-AP-300-1004 and a copy of the Unit 1 Rema thumbrules 1    Refer to                                  In accordance with the provided:    ___      ___      ___
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution                      Boration and Dilution Requirements                              Requirements
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
  *2    Compute Attachment 1 of OP-AP-
* Station: Byron Unit: 1                      ___      ___      ___
300-1004
* Date and time
* Desired change
* Withdraw Rods 6 steps for PDMA02 control
* Raise RCS temp. 1 degree
* Reason for change (per QNE recommendation)
* PDMA02 control
* Temperature control
* What is the method & amt for the reactivity change?
* 6 steps withdrawal of CB D
* 224 gallons dilution per 1 degree F change
* Inputs
* Rema thumbrules NOTE: The correctly calculated numbers are listed below.
  *3    Evaluate calculation
* Calculation of change (Uses numbers as calculated above)
* 6 steps of Control Bank D at 100% power: Tave-Tref = 1/2° rise in temperature
                                                        * -1° + 0.5° (mismatch after rod movement) = -
0.5°
* 224 gallons PW/1° x .5° =
112 gallons dilution CUE This JPM is complete.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 7
RA 1a - rev 01 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO      RO    SRO      FS STA/IA        SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: RA-1a                                                        Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
==Title:==
S-AM-151, Perform proper reactivity management on unit startup and during normal plant operations K/A Number and Importance: GEN 2.1.37 Imp Factor 4.3/4.6 Suggested Testing Environment:            Classroom Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only:                Yes        No    Time Critical:  Yes      No Reference(s):
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room      In-Plant        Other Testing Method:            Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                          Actual Time Used:          minutes Critical Steps: 2 and 3 EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                      Yes              No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                      Satisfactory    Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                          Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 7
RA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS:
1  Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6200 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps.
2  Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
2 The US has directed you to calculate a reactivity change, utilizing OP-AP-300-1004, that will allow rod withdrawal and match Tave to Tref keeping turbine load constant.
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance (ACB 2424 OOS)
JPM Number: RA-1.b Revision Number: 11 Date: 10/21/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/21/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:            Brain Lewin                      11/06/2011 SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure 1BOSR 8.1.1-1        Rev: 009 Procedure                      Rev:
Procedure                      Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 2 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 11 Revised to current format SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1) Reset to IC-21 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2) When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 3) This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an extra NSO.
: 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1, steady state power.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The 1A DG has been declared inoperable and the US has directed you to perform 1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance.
: 2. An SRO has signed and dated the 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 data package cover sheet.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE Provide examinee with a copy of 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 to complete
: 1. Circle status of offsite power    At 0PM03J, OBSERVE bus sources.                          alive lights, line amps, and MWs for all 345 KV lines:
                                          °    Line 0621 Note: The bus alive light alone is              Line 0627
                                          ° NOT adequate verification
                                          °    Line 0624 of bus status.
                                          °    Line 0622
                                      °    CIRCLE energized for all 345 KV lines INDICATE:
: 2.      Indicate status of disconnects, breakers and SAT links
* Open disconnects, breakers and removed SAT links Cue: Both units SAT x-tie links are                  using  O REMOVED
* Closed disconnects, breakers and installed SAT Cue: Both units SAT disconnect                        links using  X links are INSTALLED
: 3. Trace path along dashed lines                TRACE path correctly on data from any energized offsite power            sheet:
source to the unit ONE SAT
* Line energized, breakers banks and disconnects closed
: 4. Trace second path from second                TRACE SECOND path independent power source to unit            correctly on data sheet:
TWO SAT bank.
* Line energized, breakers and disconnects closed SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 6 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number
*5. Verify independent paths exist                Verify independent paths from offsite power thru switchyard
* L0621 and L0622 NOT to both units SAT banks BOTH used
* Two paths DO NOT overlap
* ENTER Yes for step 5 of data sheet
*6. Check normal and reserve 345              At 0PM03J, VERIFY bus alive KV buses energized                        light and voltmeter indications for:
* 345 KV bus 6
* 345 KV bus 13 ENTER Yes for steps 6a and 6b on data sheet
*7. Check normal and reserve                  At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY X and power SATs available                      Y winding MW and amps indication for:
* SATs 142-1 and 142-2 Cue: SATs 242-1 and 242-2
* SATs 242-1 and 242-2 ENERGIZED                                    ENTER Yes for steps 7a and 7b on data sheet
*8. Check ESF buses 141 and 142              At 1PM01J, CHECK bus alive energized                                lights, SAT feeder breaker to bus position and bus voltmeter indication for:
* Bus 141
* Bus 142 ENTER Yes for steps 8a and 8b on data sheet SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 7 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD              SAT      UNSAT Number
*9. CHECK ESF buses 241 and 242                  At 2PM01J, CHECK bus alive energized                                    lights, SAT feeder breaker to bus position and bus voltmeter indication for:
Cue: BUS 241 BUS ALIVE light is LIT and voltage is normal
* Bus 241 Cue: BUS 242 BUS ALIVE light is
* Bus 242 LIT and voltage is normal                    ENTER Yes for steps 9a and 9b on data sheet
*10. Check SAT Feed breakers are                  At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY position closed and connected                        and control power available:
* ACB 1412 Cue: ACB 2412 GREEN light LIT
* ACB 2412
* ACB 1422 Cue: ACB 2422 GREEN light LIT
* ACB 2422 ENTER Yes for steps 10a through 10d on data sheet NOTE Faulted portion of JPM is initiated in the following step.
*11. Check SAT Reserve Feed                      At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY position breakers are closed and                      and control power available:
connected
* ACB 1414
* ACB 1424 Cue: ACB 2414 GREEN light LIT
* ACB 2414
* ACB 2424 Cue: ACB 2424 control switch is in ENTER No for step 11d and PTL and OOS Yes for steps 11a through 11c on data sheet SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)      Page 8 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD              SAT      UNSAT Number
*12. Determine acceptance criteria
* DETERMINE acceptance are NOT met                                      criteria are NOT MET
: 13. Notify US that acceptance
* Notify US verbally or by criteria are not met                                  checking NO and writing in Remarks on cover sheet.
Cue: US has verified 1BOL 8.1 has been implemented.
Cue: This JPM is completed.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)      Page 9 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Perform Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance (ACB 2424 OOS)
JPM Number: RA 1 (N-75a)                            Revision Number: 11 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.AP-06 Perform the Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance.
K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.31 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Rev 9, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance CRITICAL STEPS (*) 5 through 12 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 10 of 11
RA-1.b - rev 11 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an extra NSO.
: 2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1, steady state power.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The 1A DG has been declared inoperable and the US has directed you to perform 1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance.
: 2. An SRO has signed and dated the 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 data package cover sheet.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 11 of 11
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Identify Leak Isolation Points from Mechanical and Electrical Drawings JPM Number: RA-2 Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/20/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                12/30/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:
SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:
Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure P & ID M-46 sht.1B Rev: AR
: 9. Procedure Schematic 6E-1-4030CS06 Rev: M
: 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 11. Verify performance time is accurate
: 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                Page 2 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 0 Modified from Braidwood. Rev. 0 at Byron SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an extra NSO.
: 2. Both units are at 100% steady state power.
: 3. The Aux. Building EO has just reported 1CS043A, 1A CS EDUC INLET HDR DRN CONN ISOL VLV, has a leak at the welded inlet connection to the valve.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Shift Manager has directed you to recommend mechanical isolation points for the leak as close as possible to the source and report back with your recommendation.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
              *- Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 4 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD              SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE Once the examinee demonstrates the ability to locate the required mechanical print, provide a copy of print M-46 sheet 1B
: 1. Locate correct P& ID
* LOCATE M-46 sheet 1B Note: When examinee determines                          o Use computer such as M-46 sheet 1B is required,                          Passport or EDMS then provide copy of                              o Use P&ID book M-46 sheet 1B.
*2 Determine upstream acceptable
* Refers to M-46 sheet 1B isolation point                                      and determine upstream isolation point is 1CS046A - CLOSED.
*3. Determine downstream
* Refers to M-46 sheet 1B acceptable isolation points                        and determine downstream isolation point is 1CS019A - CLOSED.
: 4. Shift Manager notified                      °    NOTIFY SM of Isolation points Cue:    The SM requests that you identify the breaker to be opened to provide electrical isolation for the MOV.
: 5. Locate correct schematic
* LOCATE 6E-1-4030CS06 Note: When examinee determines                          o Use computer such as 6E-1-4030CS06 is required,                          Passport or EDMS then provide copy of                            o Use Electrical 6E-1-4030CS06 .                                      Schematic book
*6. Determines Breaker to be opened
* Determine 480VAC MCC to provide Electrical Isolation.                    131X1 Compt. K2 is correct breaker to be Cue: This JPM is complete.                              opened and Notify SM.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 5 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Identify leak isolation points using Mechanical Drawings JPM Number: RA 2                                    Revision Number: 0 Task Number and
==Title:==
T.AM33-10 DISCUSS valving, piping, electrical, and instrumentation practices used in the C/O program K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.41 3.5 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or Classroom Alternate Path:      Yes      No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s): P & ID M-46 sht.1B Rev: AR Schematic 6E-1-4030CS06 Rev: M_
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3 & 6.
Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                        Actual Time Used:              minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 6 of 7
RA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are an extra NSO.
: 2.      Both units are at 100% steady state power.
: 4.      The Aux. Building EO has just reported 1CS043A, 1A CS EDUC INLET HDR DRN CONN ISOL VLV, has a leak at the welded inlet connection to the valve.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to recommend isolation points for the leak as close as possible to the source and report back to him with your recommendation.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 7
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Change RM-11 Setpoints in Preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: RA-3 Revision Number: 5 Date: 12/30/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter
* 12/30/2012 Instructor            Date Validated By:
* SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:
* Facility Representative      Date
* Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BCP 400-TCNMT/Routine            Rev: 20
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
W. Hochstetter(Signature on file)                        12/30/2011 SME / Instructor                                Date (Signature on file)
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 2 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Revision 5 Generated a new BCP 400-Tcnmt/routine SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Ensure that either the 0A or 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation.
: 3. Verify that the RM-11 values for the appropriate channels agree with the surveillance paperwork and Supervisory key for the RM-11 available.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)    Page 4 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
: 2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
: 3. 1PR11J is inoperable.
INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to perform Section 4 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue needs to be provided to the examinee.
To initiate this JPM, hand the partially completed BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE to the examinee.
: 1. Refer to the partially completed      °  REVIEW BCP 400-BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE                      TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness up to Cue: (if asked) Section 2 has been            Section 3 verified along with the RETDAS Gaseous Release Rate printouts.
: 2. Complete daily channel checks          °  VERIFY/COMPLETE the daily channel check on Cue: The daily channel check of              1RE-PR001 1RE-PR001 has been performed satisfactorily
: 3. Perform Source/Channel check          °  PERFORM the 1PR01J source/channel check Cue: 1BOSR 11.b.6-1 has been completed and reviewed satisfactorily.
NOTE In the following JPM step, the examinee should N/A the step because 1PR11J is inoperable.
: 4. Noble gas trend                              °    VERIFY noble gas trend Cue: 1PR11J is inoperable
: 5. As Found setpoints of 1RE-                At the RM-11, RECORD As PR001                                        Found setpoints of 1RE-PR001 gas channel:
Note: The High alarm setpoint is 4.83 E-04                                  °    High alarm setpoint Note: The Alert alarm setpoint is                °    Alert alarm setpoint 2.42 E-04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 6 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number
*6. RM-11 supervisory mode                        At the RM-11:
Cue: Give candidate the
* Obtain Supervisory Key Supervisory key for RM-11                          from Unit. Supervisor.
when requested.
* PLACE RM-11 in Supervisory Mode
*7. Select monitor                                At the RM-11, Grid 2:
* SELECT 1PB101 and DEPRESS the SEL key
*8. Select high alarm setpoint                    At the RM-11:
channel
* DEPRESS Channel Item key
* KEY IN 9
* DEPRESS the SEL key
*9. High alarm setpoint                          At the RM-11:
Note: The setpoint to be entered is
* ENTER high alarm setpoint 5.60 E-04                                        on 1PB101 per Step 4.1.1.8
                                                  °    RECORD new value Cue: Your request for verification                °    Request verification is acknowledged, please continue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 7 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number
*10. Select alert alarm channel                  At the RM-11:
* DEPRESS Channel Item key
* KEY IN 10
* DEPRESS the SEL Note: The setpoint to be entered is
* ENTER alert alarm setpoint 3.14 E-04.                                        on 1PB101 per Step 4.1.1.8
                                                  °  RECORD new value Cue:    Your request for verification is          °  Request verification acknowledged, please continue.
: 11. Place the RM-11 in Normal Mode                At the RM-11:
                                                  °  PLACE the RM-11 in NORMAL MODE
: 12. Aux building exhaust fan status              At 0PM02J:
                                                  °  ENSURE the 0A OR 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation
: 13. Turn in Package for approval                  Hand in Release package to Unit Supervisor for approval.
Cue:    The US will continue at step 5.
Cue: This JPM is completed.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 8 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA            SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Change RM-11 Setpoints in Preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: RA/SA-3                                  Revision Number: 4 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.GW-01 PERFORM a Gaseous Release.
K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.5 2.9/2.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form Type: Routine Containment Release (Rev. 20)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 6, 7, 8, 9 & 10 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 9 of 10
RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
: 2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
: 3. 1PR11J is inoperable.
INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to perform Section 4 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 10
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Determine venting time for Reactor Vessel void JPM Number: SA-1.b Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/18/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/18/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:            Brian Lewin                      11/06/2011 SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure: 1BFR I.3            Rev: 200 Procedure                      Rev:
Procedure                      Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                Page 2 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 11 Revised to current format SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an extra SRO.
: 2. Unit 1 is recovering from an event that caused a suspected hydrogen bubble to accumulate in the reactor vessel head.
: 3. The crew is performing 1BFR-I.3, RESPONSE TO VOIDS IN THE REACTOR VESSEL.
: 4. Attempts to condense the vessel head void have been unsuccessful and the TSC has directed the crew to perform a direct vessel vent.
: 5. Current plant conditions are as follows
* Containment temperature (dry bulb) = 135 degreesF
* Containment pressure = 2.1 psig
* Containment hydrogen concentration = 1%
* RCS pressure = 1500 psig INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Shift Manager directs you to assist the Unit 1 SRO by calculating reactor vessel vent time per 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B.
: 2. Inform the SM when you have completed 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 4 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                  SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE Provide examinee with a copy of 1BFR-I.3
: 1. Refer to 1BFR-I.3.                      Refer to 1BFR-I.3 Note:    Provide copy of 1BFR-I.3 and a calculator to examinee.
*2. Calculate containment temperature Perform Attachment B, step 1:
in Rankine
* Enter 135 in degrees F blank
* Add 460 to 135 and enter 595 in degree R blank
*3. Calculate containment air volume Perform Attachment B, step 2 based on current temperature and
* Enter 595 in degree R blank pressure.
* Enter 2.1 in CNMT press blank
* Perform calculation and enter 2,646,050 (or approx.)
in cu. ft. blank
*4. Calculate maximum hydrogen      Perform Attachment B, step 3 volume that can be vented
* Enter 1 in cnmt hydrogen keeping cnmt concentration below conc. blank.
3%
* Enter 2,646,050 (or approx.)
in cu. ft. blank
* Perform calculation and enter 52,921 (or approx.) in cu. ft. blank SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 5 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                  SAT      UNSAT Number
*5. Determine hydrogen flow rate                  Perform Attachment B, step 4 from RCS vent.
* Plot RCS pressure on 1BFR-I.3-4 and determine flow rate will be about 4725 scfm (4675-4775)
* Enter flow rate in step 4 SCFM blank
*6. Calculate maximum venting                Perform Attachment B, step 5 time.
* Enter 52,921 (or approx.) in cu. ft. blank
* Enter 4725 (4675-4775) in SCFM blank
* Calculate minutes and enter 11.2 (11.08 to 11.32) in minutes blank
: 7.      Report to SM results of venting          Notify SM that RCS venting can calculation                              be performed for approx. 11.1 to 11.3 minutes:
Cue: This JPM is completed.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 6 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Determine Venting time for Reactor Vessel Void JPM Number: SA-1.b                                  Revision Number: 0 Task Number and
==Title:==
Diagnose and analyze voids in the reactor vessel (T.FR6-04)
K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.25 4.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or classroom Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BFR-I.3, Response to voids in the reactor vessel CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:              minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 7 of 8
SA-1.b - rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an extra SRO.
: 2. Unit 1 is recovering from an event that caused a suspected hydrogen bubble to accumulate in the reactor vessel head.
: 3. The crew is performing 1BFR-I.3, RESPONSE TO VOIDS IN THE REACTOR VESSEL.
: 4. Attempts to condense the vessel head void have been unsuccessful and the TSC has directed the crew to perform a direct vessel vent.
: 5. Current plant conditions are as follows
* Containment temperature (dry bulb) = 135 degreesF
* Containment pressure = 2.1 psig
* Containment hydrogen concentration = 1%
* RCS pressure = 1500 psig INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Shift Manager directs you to assist the Unit 1 SRO by calculating reactor vessel vent time per 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B.
: 2. Inform the SM when you have completed 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 8
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: SA 1a Revision Number: 01 Date: 10/17/2011 Developed By:    Bill Hochstetter            10/17/2011 Instructor          Date Validated By:    Brian Lewin                  11/06/2011 SME or Instructor        Date Approved By:    Rob Lawlor                  11/06/2011 Facility Representative    Date
SA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE:        All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
________    1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________    2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________    3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
________    4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________    5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
________    6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________    7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________    8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure OP-AP-300-1004 Rev: 2 Procedure                                Rev:
Procedure                                Rev:
________    9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
________    10. Verify performance time is accurate
________    11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________    12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SME / Instructor                            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 2 of 8
SA 1a - rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 01      Initial revision of JPM Comment                                                    Resolution Revised JPM for 2012 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 3 of 8
SA 1a - rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6300 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps, steady state and equilibrium Xenon
: 2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
: 3. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
: 4. The NSO has calculated a reactivity change to match Tave with Tref.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref by reviewing OP-AA-300-1004, Att. 1, Reactivity Change Determination Form.
* Provide completed copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
* Provide copy of Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps 3 & 4 Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps.
These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
TASK STANDARDS:
: 1.      Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref.
: 2.      Review the Reactivity Change Determination Form.
MATERIALS:
* Completed OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements (Attachment 1 is attached)
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules at 6211 EFPH SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 4 of 8
SA 1a - rev 01 RECORD START TIME:
EVALUATOR NOTE: These steps may be performed in any order.
STEP                  ELEMENT                                  STANDARD                      SAT      UNSAT CMT#
CUE Provide completed copy of OP-AP-300-1004 (att. 1) and a copy of the Unit 1 Rema thumbrules 1    Refer to                                  In accordance with the provided:
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution                    Boration and Dilution Requirements                            Requirements
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules 2    Review Attachment 1 of OP-AP-            Review Attachment 1 of OP-AP-              ___        ___        ___
300-1004                                  300-1004 Evaluator note:
6 step withdrawal of CB D will raise temperature 0.5 degrees calculation is flawed because it omits above from calculation and dilutes a full 224 gallons of primary water, which is 1 degree, rather than taking into account the control rod withdrawal. Correct dilution volume is 112 gallons
  *3    Evaluate calculation for dilution        Determine dilution volume volume listed at 224 gallons, should be 112 gallons.
* Should identify volume of dilution is incorrect.
Cue: SM has instructed you to correct the identified error and continue your review.
  *4    Evaluate calculation and                  Determine rod withdrawal determine that rod withdrawal was omitted from calculation CUE    This JPM is complete.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 5 of 8
SA 1a - rev 01 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO      RO    SRO      FS STA/IA        SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: SA-1a                                                        Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
==Title:==
S-AM-151, Perform proper reactivity management on unit startup and during normal plant operations K/A Number and Importance: GEN 2.1.37 Imp Factor 4.3/4.6 Suggested Testing Environment:            Classroom Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only:                Yes        No    Time Critical:  Yes      No Reference(s):
* OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
* Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room      In-Plant        Other Testing Method:            Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                          Actual Time Used:          minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                      Yes              No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                      Satisfactory    Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                          Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Page 6 of 8
SA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS:
: 1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6300 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps, steady state and equilibrium Xenon
: 2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
: 3. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
: 4. The NSO has calculated a reactivity change to match Tave with Tref.
INITIATING CUES:
: 1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref by reviewing OP-AA-300-1004, Att. 1, Reactivity Change Determination Form.
SA 1a - rev 01 OP-AP-300-1004 Revision 2 Page 4 of 4 ATTACHMENT 1 REACTIVITY CHANGE DETERMINATION FORM Station: Byron          Unit: 1      2          Time: Now                Date: Today Desired change:
(Parameter, Magnitude, and Direction: Reactor Power, Rod Position, RCS Temp, Delta I, etc.)
Withdraw Rods 6 steps for PDMA02 control Raise RCS Ave. Temp by 1 degree Reason for Change:
(Temperature control, flux control, fuel burn up)
PDMA02 control and temperature control.
What is the method and amount required for the reactivity change?
(Bleed Tank Volume, Gallons of Dilution/Boration/Blended Flow, Rod Insertion/Rod Withdrawal steps/percent) 6 steps withdrawal of CB D and 224 gallons dilution per 1 degree Fahrenheit change.
Inputs:
(ReMA Thumbrules, ReMA maneuver guidance, Curve Book Figure/Table, Computer based trend plot, RCS Cb, EFPD - Preparer and Reviewer should use independent inputs when possible)
Rema thumbrules for Unit 1 at 6211 EFPH Calculation of change:
(E.G. Bwd/Byr: ReMA Thumbrule identifies 20 gallons BA = 1.0°F RCS temp reduction.
Desired change = 0.5°F drop. Calculation of change: (20 gal/1.0°F)
* 0.5°F = 10 gal.,
previously used borations and dilutions)
(TMI: Procedure 1102-4 Power Operations Fig. 1, Volume of Deminerlized Water for 1% Rod Insertion) 1.0° low x 224 gallons dilution per degree raised = 224 gallons dilution Joe Rowe                                P Chech                        ______________
Preparer                                Reviewer                            Approver (RO)                                    (RO/SRO)                                (SRO)
Shift Manager Notified:    Yes    No
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Initiate a LCOAR JPM Number: SA-2 New Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/19/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/19/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:            Brian Lewin                      11/06/2011 SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BAP 1400-6            Rev: 28 Procedure 1BOL 7.6              Rev: 6
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                Page 2 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 0 Modified S009 Rev. 6 Changed component that is in LCOAR SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
: 2. The unit is at 90% steady state power, all conditions normal.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Unit 1 Assist NSO notified you 5 minutes ago; the Unit 1 CST level is 58%.
: 2. The Shift Manager directs that it is NOT necessary to update the DEL per LCO 3.0.6 for this LCO.
: 3. IR 1234567 has been written to document the issue.
: 4. No other LCOARs or DELs exist on Unit 1.
: 5. Initiate the LCOAR paperwork as necessary.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
              *- Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 4 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE Once the student demonstrates the ability to locate referenced procedure provide the student with a copy of the procedure.
Step 1 of this JPM is optional
: 1. Refer to BAP 1400-6, Technical      °    LOCATE and OPEN BAP Specification Limiting Conditions        1400-6 for Operation Action Requirements (LCOAR)
: 2. Refer to 1BOL 7.6, LCOAR                    °    LOCATE and OPEN 1BOL Condensate Storage Tank -Tech                      7.6 Spec LCO 3.7.6
*3. Section A of 1 BOL 7.6                        ENTER into Section A:
Note: Notification occurred 5
* Time/Date minutes ago per initiating Cue.                                        °    By
                                                  °    Title
* Present mode
* Initiating event
* Condition
*4. Safety function determination                PERFORM SFD
* Indicate No in Section C Cue: There is no other inoperable
* Sign Coversheet or degraded support or supported equipment on the
* Indicate NO on coversheet A train.                                        for invalidating current SFD SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 5 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                  SAT      UNSAT Number
: 5. Update DEL:
* Check N/A box N/A - from initiating cue information
: 6. Determine Planned or Unplanned
* Mark UNPLANNED on coversheet NOTE Examinee may inform SM of entry at this time, however, the SM Notified and time/date is typically completed after Peer Check received by another SRO.
: 7. Related WR/WO block                        o N/A OR List IR #
Note: IR # should be recorded here
: 8. Fill in Related Clearance Orders          o N/A OR Leave Blank Note: Acceptable if left Blank
: 9. Was an IR written?
* Check Yes box
*10. LCOAR TABLE of 1 BOL 7.6                    COMPLETE LCOAR Table:
                                                  °    CIRCLE Condition A
* ENTER notification Time/Date AND sign Condition A
*11. Goes to ATTACHMENT A
* Recognized the need to perform the following within Cue: An Extra NSO will perform                        4 hours:
1BOSR 7.8.1-1.
* 1BOSR 7.8.1-1
* 1AF006A & B and Per Initiating Cue: 1AF006 and                          1AF017A&B are 1AF017 A&B are operable.                                operable
* SX basin above its limit Cue: SX basin level is 90%
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 6 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number
: 12. Peer check prior to SM review                °    BAP 1400-6 for Peer check Cue: A second SRO has provided a peer check.                                °    Get an additional SRO to Peer check the BOL package
: 13. Signed by Shift Manager                      °    NOTIFY SM Cue: The shift manager acknowledges LCOAR entry and review request.
Cue: This JPM is complete.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 7 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Initiate a LCOAR. (SRO)
JPM Number: SA 2(S009)                              Revision Number: 0 Task Number and
==Title:==
8E.TS-007 ENSURE compliance with all applicable Tech Spec Action Statements.
K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.23 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:      Yes      No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
BAP 1400-6, Technical Specification Limiting Conditions for Operation Action Requirements (LCOAR) (Rev 28) 1BOL 7.6, LCOAR U-1 CST - Operating Tech Spec LCO 3.7.6 (Rev 6)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4, 10, & 11 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes                        Actual Time Used:              minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 8 of 9
SA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
: 2.      The unit is at 90% steady state power, all conditions normal.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Unit 1 Assist NSO notified you 5 minutes ago; the Unit 1 CST level is 58%.
: 2. The Shift Manager directs that it is NOT necessary to update the DEL per LCO 3.0.6 for this LCO.
: 3. IR 1234567 has been written to document the issue.
: 4. No other LCOARs or DELs exist on Unit 1.
: 5. Initiate the LCOAR paperwork as necessary.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 9
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Review Containment Release package in preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: SA-3 Revision Number: 5 Date: 12/30/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter
* 12/30/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:
* SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:
* Facility Representative      Date
* Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BCP 400-TCNMT/Routine            Rev: 20
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                      12/30/2011 SME / Instructor                              Date (Signature on file)
SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)                Page 2 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Revision 5 Revised to SRO Only review of containment release prior to approval SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Ensure that either the 0A or 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation.
: 3. Verify that the RM-11 values for the appropriate channels agree with the surveillance paperwork and Supervisory key for the RM-11 available.
: 4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 5. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)    Page 4 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
: 2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
: 3. 1PR11J is inoperable.
: 4. The Unit has been at 100% power and stable for the past 72 hours INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to review Sections 1 through 5 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 5 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD              SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue needs to be provided to the examinee.
To initiate this JPM, hand the partially completed BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE to the examinee.
Examine may start with section 5 first (step 4 below), then continue with review of previous sections.
: 1. Refer to the partially completed            °    REVIEW BCP 400-BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE                            TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness up to Cue: (if asked) Section 2 has been                      Section 3.
verified along with the RETDAS Gaseous Release Rate printouts.
*2. Notices signature missing in
* Notices Rad protection HP Section 3 page 9.                              or SRO signature is NOT signed and dated Note: The examinee should determine the release cannot occur until this is resolved.
Cue: Acknowledge the error and request further review for accuracy.
*3. Reviews Section 4
* REVIEW BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness of Section 4 Note: The examinee should determine the release cannot
* Determine Step 8 proceed at this time.                            numbers dont match Proceed to step 5.                                section 2.5 (6.05 E-04 versus 5.60 E-04)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 6 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number
: 4. Reviews Section 5:                              °    Determines that the first Found in initial conditions                          paragraph is satisfied.
                                                      °    Determines that Cue: The unit NSO will place the                          containment release placard.                                              placard must be placed on 0PM02J Cue: The Unit 2 Unit Supervisor                      °    Determines that 1BOSR has verified 1BOSR 11.b.6-1                          11.b.6-1 must be is complete and has been                              completed and reviewed reviewed.
*5. Does NOT approve the release
* Determines that the release should NOT be Cue:    This JPM is complete.                            approved.
RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 7 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA            SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Review Containment release package in preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: SA-3                                    Revision Number: 5 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.GW-01 PERFORM a Gaseous Release.
K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.5 2.9/2.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes      No Reference(s):
BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form Type: Routine Containment Release (Rev. 20)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3, & 5 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant        Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:              minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 8 of 9
SA rev 5 (from N-100)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.            You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
: 2.            A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
: 3.            1PR11J is inoperable.
: 4.            The Unit has been at 100% power and stable for the past 72 hours INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to review Sections 1 through 5 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 9
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Classify Event and Fill Out a NARS Form (LBLOCA)
JPM Number: SA-4 Revision Number: 5 Date: 10/28/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/28/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Brian Lewin                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure EP-MW-114-100          Rev: 11 Procedure EP-MW-114-100-F-01 Rev: F Procedure EP-AA-1002              Rev: 28
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Lynn Sanders (Signature on file)                          9/09/11 SME / Instructor                                Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Validated 9/20/11 by Lynn Sanders and Mike McCue, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.
New event created for 2011 Requal, classified as modified for ILT exam since this specific item has not been tested previously in ILT.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:    It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. None.
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Shift Emergency Director.
: 2. The Unit 1 Supervisor has provided you with information related to a Unit 1 event and informed you to perform an Emergency Plan evaluation.
INITIATING CUE
: 1. Perform an Emergency Plan evaluation and fill out the NARS form for transmittal for the plant conditions provided
: 2. This is a time critical JPM.
PLANT CONDITIONS
* Unit 1 and 2 were both at full power.
* A Unit 1 Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred based on the following conditions:
* A large break Loss of Primary Coolant
* Containment Spray pumps did not automatically start and could NOT be manually started.
* Containment pressure peaked at 29 psig.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE The completion of Step 2 fulfills the critical time portion of this JPM.
: 1. Refer to Exelon Nuclear -                        Refer to EAL Matrix, EP-Radiological Emergency Plan                      AA-1002 Annex for Byron Station.
Note: This step may be performed at any time.
*2. Classify the Event utilizing EAL
* Classify event as SITE Matrix.                                        AREA EMERGENCY, from FS1 Loss OR Potential Loss Critical portion stop time ______                    of 2 Fission Product Barriers (RCS and CNMT).
Time from start to Classification =              &#xa2; < 15 minutes
________ minutes NOTE Provide the examinee with a copy of the NARS form.
: 3. Obtain NARS form, EP-MW-114-                  &deg;  Obtain NARS form.
100-F-01, Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS).
Note: Step 3 may be performed at any time.
: 4. Refer to EP-MW-114-100,                    &deg;  Locate and Open, EP-MW-MWROG Offsite Notifications, to                114-100, MWROG Offsite complete NARS form.                            Notifications, Section 4.2, to complete NARS form.
Note: Step 4 may be performed at any time.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                  SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE Provide the examinee with Wind Speed and Wind Direction cues after examinee has demonstrated the ability to obtain the information from the computer or from the main control board.
*5. Fill out NARS form according to
* Fill out NARS form instructions, EP-MW-114-100,                    according to instructions, Section 4.2, Completing the                    EP-MW-114-100, Section NARS Form.                                      4.2 Completing the NARS Form.
Cue: The wind direction on AM004
* BLOCKS 2 thru 9 must be is 286&deg;.                                        filled correctly to meet the critical portion of filling out Cue: The wind speed on AM001 is                      the NARS form. (See 3 mph.                                          attached KEY).
Time to complete NARS Form =                      &#xa2; < 12 minutes
________ minutes RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S016t - rev 4 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form UTILITY MESSAGE NO. ____1___                                                                    STATE MESSAGE NO. ____N/A_
: 1. STATUS                            2. STATION
[A] ACTUAL                            [A] BRAIDWOOD [C] CLINTON                      [E] LASALLE                  [G] ZION
[X] DRILL/EXERCISE                    [X] BYRON                [D] DRESDEN            [F] QUAD CITIES
: 3. ONSITE CONDITION                                  4. ACCIDENT CLASSIFIED                      ACCIDENT TERMINATED
[A] UNUSUAL EVENT                                      TIME (3[A-E]): Now                    TIME (3[F]): N/A
[B] ALERT                                              DATE (3[A-E]): Today                  DATE (3[F]):N/A
[X] SITE AREA EMERGENCY                                EAL#: FS1
[D] GENERAL EMERGENCY
[E] RECOVERY
[F] TERMINATED
: 5. RELEASE STATUS 6. TYPE OF RELEASE                                      7. WIND DIR              8. WIND SPEED
[X] NONE                            [X] NOT APPLICABLE                  286&deg;                    [A] METERS/SEC.: _
[B] OCCURRING                        [B] GASEOUS                        (DEGREES FROM)            [X] MILES/HR.: ___3
[C] TERMINATED                      [C] LIQUID
: 9. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS UTILITY RECOMMENDATION
[X NONE (UE, Alert and SAE Only)
    -------------------------------------------------------------- (GE Only) -----------------------------------------------------------------
[B] SHELTER ILLINOIS SUB-AREAS:
AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS
[C] SHELTER IOWA SUB-AREAS:
AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS
[D] EVACUATE ILLINOIS SUB-AREAS:
AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS
[E] EVACUATE IOWA SUB-AREAS:
AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS STATE RECOMMENDATION
[F] NONE
[G] SHELTER SUB-AREAS:
[H] EVACUATE SUB-AREAS:
[I] RECOMMEND POTASSIUM IODIDE (KI) PER PROCEDURES
[J] COMMENCE RETURN OF PUBLIC
[K] OTHER
: 10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION                        None Verified With: STA                                                      Approved By: SRO
: 11. TRANSMITTED BY:                    NAME                              PHONE NUMBER                          TIME/DATE
[A] EXELON:
[B] STATE:
[C] COUNTY:
: 12. RECEIVED BY:              NAME                                      ORGANIZATION                          TIME/DATE SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S016t - rev 4 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form Braidwood (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),
ROLL CALL                                LaSalle (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),
Termination and Recovery)              Initial Roll Call Complete:              Termination and Recovery)
NARS Code 20                                                                    NARS Code 20 Initial                        Final                          (time / date)      Initial                        Final
            # Illinois EMA                                                                    # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC                                                                    Illinois REAC Clinton UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),
(Only if NARS #1 is a GE)                                                        (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)
Termination and Recovery)
NARS Code 38                                                                    NARS Code 25 NARS Code 98 Initial                        Final                                              Initial                        Final Initial                        Final
          # Illinois EMA                                                                    # Illinois EMA
                                                        # Illinois EMA
                                                                                        # Grundy Co. Sheriff
        # Grundy Co. Sheriff                            Illinois REAC                  # LaSalle Co. Sheriff
      # Kankakee Co. Sheriff                                                                Illinois REAC (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)            Grundy Co. EMA
      # Will County Sheriff NARS Code 36                  LaSalle Co. ESDA Illinois REAC                    Initial                        Final Grundy Co. EMA                              # Illinois EMA Kankakee Co. EOC                              # DeWitt Co. Sheriff Will Co. EOC                                Illinois REAC DeWitt Co. EOC Byron                                        Dresden                          Quad Cities (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated                  (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated            (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s), Termination and                      GE(s), Termination and                GE(s), Termination and Recovery)                                    Recovery)                            Recovery)
NARS Code 20                                  NARS Code 20                      NARS Code 43 Initial                        Final        Initial                      Final  Initial                        Final
      # Illinois EMA                              # Illinois EMA                        # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC                        # Iowa EMD Illinois REAC Illinois REAC Scott Co. Sheriff (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)                                                        Clinton Co. EOC NARS Code 37                (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)
NARS Code 22                Scott Co. EOC Initial                        Final
      #Illinois EMA                          Initial                      Final
                                                  #Illinois EMA                          (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)
    **Ogle Co. Sheriff                                                                          NARS Code 23
                                                  #Grundy Co. Sheriff
      **Rochelle Police                                                            Initial                        Final
                                                  #Kendall Co. Sheriff                  # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC
                                                  #Will County Sheriff                  # Iowa EMD Ogle Co. ESDA Illinois REAC                        # Clinton Co. EOC Ogle Co. EOC Grundy Co. EMA                        #Rock Island Co. Sheriff Commercial numbers:                        Kendall Co. EOC                      # Whiteside Co. Sheriff IEMA                  217-782-7860                Will Co. EOC                          # Scott Co. Sheriff (QC only)                                                                                # Scott Co. EOC Iowa EMD              515-281-3231                                                      Whiteside Co. ESDA Rock Island ESDA Illinois REAC NOTES: # Indicates that this agency is required to be notified within 15 minutes.
                ** Only one needs to answer for notification.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S016t - rev 4 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Classify Event and Fill Out a NARS Form (LOCA)
JPM Number: S016t                                    Revision Number: 4 Task Number and
==Title:==
S-ZP-008 CLASSIFY/RECLASSIFY Emergency Action Levels.
K/A Number and Importance: 2.4.41 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
EP-MW-114-100 (Rev 11), Midwest Region Offsite Notifications EP-MW-114-100-F-01 (Rev. F) Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form EP-AA-1002 (Rev 28) Exelon Nuclear Radiological Emergency Plan Annex for Byron Station CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2 & 5 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
S016t - rev 4 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the Shift Emergency Director.
: 2.      The Unit 1 Supervisor has provided you with information related to a Unit 1 event and informed you to perform an Emergency Plan evaluation.
INITIATING CUE
: 1.      Perform an Emergency Plan evaluation and fill out the NARS form for transmittal for the plant conditions provided
: 2.      This is a time critical JPM.
PLANT CONDITIONS
* Unit 1 and 2 were both at full power.
* A Unit 1 Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred based on the following conditions:
* A large break Loss of Primary Coolant
* Containment Spray pumps did not automatically start and could NOT be manually started.
* Containment pressure peaked at 29 psig.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance JPM Number: CR-A Revision Number: 10 Date: 10/20/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/20/11 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Rob Friskey                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure 1BOSR 1.4.2-1          Rev: 17 Procedure Rev:
Procedure                        Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/20/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 10 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor.
Placed some examiner notes concerning alarms received during step performance Created from JPM No. N-41 Changed to Alt. Path based on NRC request SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:    It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Insert Malfunction RD05F08 prior to running this JPM to fail rod F-08 when it steps to 222 steps.
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
: 2. Unit 1 is at 100% power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL INITIATING CUE
: 1.      You have been directed to perform a partial surveillance of 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance. You are to perform the surveillance on SD Bank E and Control Banks A through D.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN
: 1. Refer to 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable                    1BOSR 1.4.2-1 Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time Cue: All prerequisites are met NOTE Provide the examinee with a copy of the 1BOSR 1.4.2-1.
: 2. Transfer rod control to manual                  At 1PM05J:
PLACE Rod Bank Selector switch to MANUAL
                                                    &deg;  MAINTAIN Tave matched with Tref using rod motion control In column 2a:
: 3. Record initial shutdown bank step counter readings
                                                    &deg;  ENTER initial step counter readings for Shutdown Bank E
*4. Shutdown bank E                                  At 1PM05J:
* SELECT SBE position on Rod Bank Selector switch SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD            SAT    UNSAT Number
*5. Insert Shutdown Bank E 1 step                    At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Shutdown Bank E 1 step
*6. Withdraw shutdown bank E                        At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, WITHDRAW Shutdown Bank E to 231 steps
: 7. DRPI indication                                At 1PM05J:
                                                    &deg; VERIFY DRPI indicates 228 steps withdrawn NOTE Annunciator 1-10-A7 ROD DEV POWER RNG TILT, will alarm during performance of step 8
*8. Insert shutdown bank E                          At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Shutdown Bank E 10 to 15 steps
: 9. Record step counter readings                      In column 2g:
                                                    &deg;      RECORD shutdown bank E step counter reading In column 2h:
: 10. Shutdown bank E DRPI
                                                    &deg;    VERIFY each rod in shutdown bank E moved 10 -
15 steps using DRPI and INITIAL
*11. Return rods to initial position                At 1PM05J:
* WITHDRAW shutdown bank E rods to 228 steps SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
: 12. Final shutdown bank E position                  In column 2j:
                                                    &deg;    RECORD final shutdown bank E position
: 13. Final shutdown bank E DRPI                      In column 2k:
                                                    &deg;      VERIFY each rod in shutdown bank E is restored to original position and INITIAL NOTE The steps for Shutdown Banks A, B, C, and D will not be performed. The examinee should go to the next step that addresses control banks.
: 14. Record initial control rod bank step counter readings In column 3a:
                                                    &deg;    ENTER initial step counter readings for Control Banks A, B, C, and D
*15. Control bank A                                  At 1PM05J:
* SELECT CBA position on Rod Bank Selector switch
*16. Insert Control Bank A 1 step                At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Control Bank A 1 step
*17. Withdraw control bank A                        At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, WITHDRAW Control Bank A to 231 steps SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE The following Annunciators will alarm during the performance of step 18 1-10-A6 ROD BANK LO-2 INSERTION LIMIT, 1-10-A7 ROD DEV POWER RNG TILT, and 1-10-B6 ROD BANK LO INSERTION LIMIT NOTE Alternate Path starts HERE
*18. Insert control bank A                        At 1PM05J:
* Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Control Bank A 10 to 15 steps NOTE The examinee may notice that DRPI for Rod F-8 stayed at 222 steps while the rest of the Bank continued to 216 steps, depending on how far the candidate inserts rods.
If the above occurs, then, the examinee should Notify the Unit Sup. and the evaluator should go to step 24.
: 19. Record step counter readings      In column 3f:
                                                    &deg;      RECORD control rod bank A step counter readings for both groups 1 and 2 In column 3g:
: 20. Control bank A DRPI
                                                    &deg;      VERIFY each rod in control bank A moved 10 - 15 steps using DRPI and INITIAL (DRPI will not change by 2 LEDs for the failed rod)
*21. Return rods to initial position                At 1PM05J:
* WITHDRAW control bank A to original position
: 22. Final control rod bank A position            In column 3i:
                                                    &deg;    RECORD final control bank A position SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N rev 9)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                SAT    UNSAT Number
*23. Final control bank A DRPI                    In column 3j:
* VERIFY each rod in NOTE: Examinee should note F-08                            control bank A is at its DRPI does not agree with other rods                        original position in that Group
*24    Notifies Unit Supervisor
* Notify Unit Supervisor of failure of Rod F-08 to withdraw Cue: (if required) This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N-41 R9)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance JPM Number: CR-A                                    Revision Number: 10 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.RD-01 PERFORM Control Rod Exercises K/A Number and Importance:            014A4.02 3.4/3.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BOSR 1.4.2 Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18 & 21, 23 and 24 (21 and 23 may not be performed if failure is noted during inward rod motion).
Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-A (from N-41 R9)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the Unit 1 NSO.
: 2.      Unit 1 is at 100% power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL INITIATING CUE
: 1.      You have been directed to perform a partial surveillance of 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance. You are to perform the surveillance on SD Bank E and Control Banks A through D.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Raise Accumulator Level With SI Pump JPM Number: CR-b Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/21/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/20/11 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Rob Friskey                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP SI-22              Rev: 10 Procedure                        Rev:
: 9. Procedure                        Rev:
: 10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 11. Verify performance time is accurate
: 12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/21/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 0 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor,. Created from JPM No. N-73 Changed NLO to EO
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:    It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Set C accumulator level to 30% by:
set SIMACC(3)= 58065 set SIMN2ACC93)= 1290
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Extra NSO.
: 2.      Unit 1 is at full power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL
: 3.      All plant systems and controls are normal INITIATING CUE
: 1. The chemistry department left accumulator 1C sample valve open after sampling, resulting in a low level of 30%.
: 2. The sample valve has been closed, and the lineup returned to normal.
: 3. The accumulator has been declared inoperable due to the low level and the LCOAR 1BOL 5.1 has been entered.
: 4. U-1 RWST boron concentration is 2350 ppm.
: 5. 1B SI pump is OPERABLE
: 6. The US has directed you to return the accumulator level to the normal band using the 1A SI pump.
: 7. An EO is standing by the 1A SI pp with a copy of BOP SI-1T1 Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN BOP
: 1. Refer to BOP SI-22, Raising SI                        SI-22 Accumulator Level in Mode 1, 2 or 3 Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time.
Verify nothing discharging to
: 2. VERIFY the following NOT RWST:
discharging to applicable RWST
                                                    &deg;    0FC03PA/B, 0A/B refueling Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC reports the purification pumps are                        water purification pumps not discharging to the RWST                          &deg;    1SI03P, RWST heating pump (May mark N/A per Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC                            NOTE) reports the RWST heating pump is not discharging to the RWST                              1RE01PA/B, RCDT pump
                                                    &deg; A/B Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC reports that the SFP demineralizer is                &deg;    1FC01D, spent fuel pit not discharging to the RWST                              demineralizer effluents Note: Examinee checks 1CS01PA/B GREEN lights are LIT                              &deg;    1CS01PA/B, CS pump A/B Cue: Makeup from BA blender not aligned to RWST:                                    &deg;    RWST makeup from BA blender SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                SAT    UNSAT Number VERIFY/CLOSE:
: 3. Align mini-flow path for 1A SI pump
* 1CV8804A (A pump)
                                                        &deg;  1SI8804B (B pump)
VERIFY/OPEN:
* 1SI8814 (A pump)
                                                        &deg; 1SI8920 (B pump)
* 1SI8813 (both pumps)
*4. Align SI pump to accumulator                    At 1PM06J VERIFY/OPEN: (both pumps)
* 1SI8806
* 1SI8923A
* 1SI8888
* 1SI8871
: 5. Verify SI to radwaste isolated                    At 1PM11J:
* VERIFY/CLOSE 1SI8964 (both pumps)
: 6. Verify SI pump isolated to hot legs            At 1PM06J:
VERIFY CLOSED and DEENERGIZED: (Both pumps)
* 1SI8802A
* 1SI8802B NOTE The procedure branches at this point dependent on the SI pump to be used. The intent of this JPM is to use the 1A SI pump, therefore the examinee should proceed to step F.7.b Cue: The SM directs that step F.7.a be omitted.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                  SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE The Examinee may elect to have an EO do a pre-start check of the 1A SI pump prior to starting.
Cue: (if asked): The 1A SI pump is ready for a start and I am clear of the pump
*7. Start the 1A SI pump                          At 1PM06J:
* Take 1A SI pump C/S to start
* Ensure discharge CUE: The EO will perform the                              pressure does NOT applicable portions of BOP SI-                          exceed 1700 psig 1T1                                                  &deg; Initiate BOP SI-1T1 NOTE When the examinee fills the accumulator 1% to 2% above the low level alarm setpoint (alarm clears) provide the following cue:
Cue: The desired accumulator level has been achieved.
*8. Fill 1C Accumulator                          At 1PM06J:
                                                    &deg;    Enter 1BOL 5.1 Cue:Unit 1 Unit Supervisor acknowledges entry into 1BOL
* OPEN 1SI8878C 5.1
*9. Stop filling accumulator                      At 1PM06J:
* CLOSE 1SI8878C when Cue: Unit 1 Unit Supervisor                              accumulator level is acknowledges exit BOL 5.1                                between 31% and <63%
                                                    &deg;    Exit 1BOL 5.1
: 10. Stop the 1A SI pump                          At 1PM06J:
                                                    &deg;    STOP the 1A SI pump
: 11. Verify/Open 1SI8821A                        At 1PM06J:
                                                    &deg;        Verify/Open 1SI8821A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                  SAT    UNSAT Number
: 12. Isolate accumulator fill                    At 1PM06J:
                                                    &deg;    CLOSE 1SI8871 At 1PM011J:
: 13. Vent SI train to SI accumulators
                                                    &deg;      At 1PM11J, OPEN 1SI8964
                                                    &deg;      At 1PM06J, MONITOR SI pump discharge pressure At PM11J, CLOSE
                                                        &deg; 1SI8964
: 14. Isolate SI pump from accumulator            At 1PM06J:
                                                    &deg;  CLOSE 1SI8888
: 15. Notify chemistry to initiate 1BCSR              NOTIFY chemistry to initiate 5.1.5                                            1BCSR 5.1.5 per Tech Spec 3.5.1 Cue: Chemistry has been notified to initiate 1BCSR 5.1.5 Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N-73 R6)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Raise Accumulator Level With SI Pump JPM Number: CR-b                                    Revision Number: 00 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.SI-02 FILL the SI System Accumulators K/A Number and Importance:            006A1.13 3.5/3.7 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
BOP SI-22, Raising SI Accumulator Level in Modes 1,2 or 3 (Rev. 10)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4, 7, 8, & 9 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-b (from N-73 R6)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the Extra NSO.
: 2.      Unit 1 is at full power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL
: 3.      All plant systems and controls are normal INITIATING CUE
: 1. The chemistry department left accumulator 1C sample valve open after sampling, resulting in a low level of 30%.
: 2. The sample valve has been closed, and the lineup returned to normal.
: 3. The accumulator has been declared inoperable due to the low level and the LCOAR (1BOL 5.1) has been entered.
: 4. U-1 RWST boron concentration is 2350 ppm.
: 5. 1B SI pump is OPERABLE
: 6. The US has directed you to return the accumulator level to the normal band using the 1A SI pump.
: 7. An EO is standing by the 1A SI pp with a copy of BOP SI-1T1 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Transfer to Hot Leg Recirc JPM Number: CR-c Revision Number: 00 Date: 10/24/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/24/11 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Brian Lewin                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Training Department        Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure 1BEP ES-1.4            Rev: 200 Procedure Rev:
Procedure                        Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/20/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 0 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, revised to make alternate path Created from JPM No. N-30.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-180 (LOCA and currently on Cold Leg Recirc)
NOTE:    It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Turn annunciators to OFF.
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
: 2. A large LOCA is in progress.
: 3. 1BEP-1 step 19 has been completed.
: 4. 5 hours 50 minutes has elapsed since SI was actuated.
INITIATING CUE
: 1.      The Unit Supervisor has directed you to proceed with 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee
: 1. Refer to 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to          LOCATE and OPEN Hot Leg Recirculation                          1BEP ES-1.4 Note: This step may be performed at any time.
*2. Place SVAG Valve Bus Feeds to                    At 1PM06J, CLOSE:
Close.
* 480V Feed to Bus 131X1A/X2A
* 480V Feed to Bus 132X2A/X4A
*3. Close RH to cold legs isol valves.              At 1PM06J, CLOSE:
* 1SI8809A
* 1SI8809B NOTE Alternate Path JPM starts here
*4. Check 1A RH pump running.          At 1PM06J:
* CHECK RHR pump 1A NOT RUNNING
*5 OPEN Train B RH HX discharge                      At 1PM06J:
crosstie header valve
* OPEN 1RH8716B
*6. Open RH to hot legs isol valve.                  At 1PM06J:
* OPEN 1SI8840
*7. Stop SI pump 1A.                                At 1PM06J:
STOP 1A SI pump
*8. Close SI pump 1A to cold legs isol              At 1PM06J:
valve.
* CLOSE 1SI8821A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
*9. Open SI pump 1A to hot legs isol                At 1PM06J:
valve.
* OPEN 1SI8802A
*10. Start the 1A SI pump.                          At 1PM06J:
* START 1A SI pump
*11. Stop SI pump 1B.                                At 1PM06J:
STOP 1B SI pump
*12. Close SI pump 1B to cold legs isol              At 1PM06J:
valve.
* CLOSE 1SI8821B
*13. Open SI pump 1B to hot legs isol                At 1PM06J:
valve.
* OPEN 1SI8802B
*14. Start the 1B SI pump.                        At 1PM06J:
* START 1B SI pump
: 15. Check SI pumps to hot legs isol              At 1PM06J, Verify OPEN valves open 1SI8802A 1SI8802B
: 16. Close SI pumps to cold leg isol                  At 1PM06J:
valve CLOSE 1SI8835
: 17. Place SVAG Valve Bus Feeds to                    At 1PM06J, TRIP TRIP.
480V Feed to Bus 131X1A/X2A 480V Feed to Bus 132X2A/X4A Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 R7)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Align ECCS to Hot Leg Recirc JPM Number: CR-c                                    Revision Number: 0 Task Number and
==Title:==
4D.EP-15 TRANSFER ECCS to Hot Leg Recirculation K/A Number and Importance:            011EA1.11 4.2/4.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BEP ES1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (Rev. 200)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2 through 14 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-c (from N-30 R7)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the Unit 1 NSO.
: 2.      A large LOCA is in progress.
: 3.      1BEP-1 step 19 has been completed.
: 4.      5 hours 50 minutes has elapsed since SI was actuated.
INITIATING CUE
: 2.        The Unit Supervisor has directed you to proceed with 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Respond To 1A SX Pump Trip (Standby Pump Does Not Start)
JPM Number: CR-d Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/20/2011 Developed By:            Bill Hochstetter                10/20/2011 Instructor              Date Validated By:                Mark Ristau                  11/06/2011 SME or Instructor            Date Approved By:                    Rob Lawlor
* 11/06/2011 Training Department            Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 1 of 11
CR-d from N130a rev 3 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BAR 1-2-A1 Rev 4
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Lynn Sanders (Signature on File)                        9/24/09 SME / Instructor                                  Date Brian Clark (Signature on File)                          9/24/09 SME / Instructor                                Date Page 2 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 00
: 1. New JPM
: 2. Operator Actions PRA Establish SX Crosstie across units.
: 3. The examinee will direct the performance of 3 critical steps. The high PRA value of establish SX Crosstie across units justifies counting these steps as critical steps.
: 4. Validated 11/06/11 by Rob Lawlor and Bill Hochstetter.
Page 3 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS NOTE:
It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed below, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 1. Reset to IC-13
: 2. Verify 1A SX is running
: 3. Insert malfunction SW01B to trip the 1B SX pump
: 4. Insert malfunction PN1427 to off
: 5. Place the simulator in RUN.
: 6. On the Examiners cue insert malfunction SW01A (15 sec delay) to trip the 1A SX pump
: 7. When Unit 2 NSO is requested to open 2SX005 modify remote function SW07 to 100 Page 4 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit1 NSO.
INITIATING CUE Respond to alarms on 1PM06J.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Page 5 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 RECORD START TIME:
Note If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee.
ELEMENT                                      STANDARD Comment SAT  UNSAT Number NOTE The examinee may refer to BAR 1-2-A1 at any time.
If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue need to be provided to the examinee.
: 1. Refer to BAR 1-2-A1                            o Locate and Open BAR 1                                                    A1 NOTE The next step begins the alternate path steps.
: 2. Start 1B SX Pump (This is an      At 1PM06J:
Immediate Action)
* Start 1B SX pump NOTE If this is being performed on the simulator, the Simulator Operator will act as the U2 NSO and will perform steps 3 and 5 when requested.
Have examinee call Unit 2 @ X-2209 during the next step.
*3. Determines SX Pump unavailable
* DIRECTS U2 NSO to and DIRECTS U2 NSO to START                      START the standby SX the standby SX Pump on Unit 2                    Pump on Unit 2 Cue: Unit 2 NSO reports the Unit 2 Standby SX pump is running NOTE Steps 4 and 5 may be performed in any order.
Page 6 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT                                      STANDARD Comment SAT  UNSAT Number
*4. Open 1SX005.                                  At 1PM06J:
* Open 1SX005:
*5. DIRECTS U2 NSO to OPEN
* DIRECTS U2 NSO to OPEN 2SX005                                                2SX005
: 6. DETERMINE cause of trip.
o Dispatch an EO to check Cue: EO reports phase C the 1A SX pump (BUS 141 overcurrent target is up on the 1A Cub 2)
SX pump breaker.
Cue: EO reports phase B                          o Dispatch an EO to check overcurrent target is up on the 1B                  the 1B SX pump (BUS 142 SX pump breaker.                                    Cub 2)
: 7. REFER to 1BOA PRI-7                            o Direct Unit Supervisor to refer to 1BOA PRI-7.
Cue: The Unit Supervisor will refer to 1BOA PRI-7 NOTE The following steps from 1BOA PRI-7 may not be performed, if they were essentially performed per the BAR .
Page 7 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT                                      STANDARD Comment SAT  UNSAT Number 7A. NOTE: if examinee performs actions contained in 1BOA PRI-7, the steps are outlined in this sub-step:
Determines no SX pp running                  o Check at least 1 SX pp running on Unit 1 o Manually open 1SX016B and 1SX027B (RCFC inlet Note: pp fails to start                      and outlet valves)
Note: The solid bullet steps are            o Start 1B SX pp the Critical Steps of the expected          o Go to attachment A path of this JPM.                          o Direct U-2 NSO to check RCFC inlet and outlet isolation valves for standby SX pump OPEN AND Already running if following the
* Start standby U-2 SX BAR. If not following the BAR                        pp report: Unit 2 NSO reports the Unit 2 Standby SX pump is running Cross-tie to both U-2 SX pps
                                                          **Open 1SX005
                                                          **Direct U-2 to open 2SX005 Check open 1SX033 Cue: 2SX033 and 034                                  and 1SX034 indicates open                                    Direct U-2 to check open 2SX033 and Cue: U-2 SX pp disc. pressure                        034 indicates 95 psig                                  Direct U-2 to check SX pp disc. press. >
Goes to step 6 of attachment A                        90 psig of 1BOA PRI-7                                      Check that 1 MCR Chiller and 1 Cnmt.
Chiller running Returns to main body step 2.
: 8. REFER to Technical Specification              o Direct Unit Supervisor to 3.7.8.                                          refer to Technical Specification 3.7.8.
Cue: The Unit Supervisor will refer to Technical Specification 3.7.8.
Page 8 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT                                      STANDARD Comment SAT  UNSAT Number
: 9. INITIATE corrective action.                o Direct Unit Supervisor to INITIATE corrective action Cue: The Unit Supervisor will INITIATE corrective action.
Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:
Page 9 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO      RO      SRO      FS STA/IA        SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Respond To 1A SX Pump Trip (Standby Pump Does Not Start)
JPM Number:          N130a: Revision Number: 0 Task Number and
==Title:==
R-OA-108 Respond to Essential Service Water Malfunction.
K/A Number and Importance: 076 A2.01 (3.5/3.7)
Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only:              Yes        No    Time Critical:  Yes    No Reference(s): BAR 1-2-A1 Rev 4 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4 & 5 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room        In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 5 minutes                          Actual Time Used:          minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes              No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory    Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:___________________________________ (Print)
Evaluators Signature:________________________________ Date:_____________
Page 10 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit1 NSO.
INITIATING CUE Respond to alarms on 1PM06J.
Page 11 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure MANUALLY INITIATE CONTAINMENT SPRAY (BEP-0)
JPM Number: CR-e Revision Number: 4 Date: 11/06/2011 Developed By:    Brian Clark (Signature on file)    10/04/07 Instructor                Date Validated By:  Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 11/06/11 SME or Instructor            Date Approved By:    Rob Lawlor (Signature on file)    11/06/11 Operations Representative        Date Page 1 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 11 below.
________      1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
________      2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
________      3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, or simulator)
________      4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
________      5. Initiating and terminating cues are properly identified.
________      6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
________      7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
________      8. Verify the procedure referenced by this JPM matches the most current revision of that procedure:
_BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
Procedure Rev. 202 Verified Date: 10/28/2011
________      9. Pilot test the JPM:
: a. verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict, and
: b. ensure performance time is accurate.
________      10. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
________      11. When JPM is revalidated, SME or Instructor sign and date JPM cover page.
SME/Instructor                                        Date SME/Instructor                                        Date SME/Instructor                                        Date Page 2 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Revision Record (Summary)
: 1. Revision 3    Changed task conditions from CNMT press is 25# to Containment pressure peaked at 25#. RCPs will be tripped in setup and action has been deleted as a critical task. The two actions of manually opening of _CS019A and placing _A CS pump to Test are each designated as critical tasks.
: 2. Revision 4    Changed attachment B to attachment C based on rev. to _BEP-0 Page 3 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset the simulator to IC 179 NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Turn annunciators OFF
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM.
Page 4 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are a unit NSO.
: 2. A LOCA has just occurred and 1BEP-0 is in progress.
: 3. The ECCS is in the injection mode with dropping RCS pressure.
: 4. Containment pressure peaked at 25 psig.
INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform step 14 of 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
CRITICAL ELEMENTS(*): 9, 10 & 13 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 26 minutes UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
* Denotes critical elements of a critical step.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
Page 5 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT    UNSAT  Number STEP                ELEMENT                          STANDARD RECORD START TIME ________
NOTE If this JPM is given on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be given to the examinee.
: 1. Enter BEP-0 at step 14                &deg;  LOCATE and OPEN              o      o 1BEP-0 to step 14
: 2.      Check containment pressure          At 1PM06J:                        o      o
                                            &deg;  CHECK Containment pressure
: 3. Group 6 containment spray            At 1PM06J:                        o      o monitor lights
                                            &deg;  CHECK Group 6 CS Monitor lights LIT
: 4. 1BEP-0, Step 14.b RNO                                                    o      o At 1PM05J or 1PM06J:
                                            &deg;  MANUALLY ACTUATE Containment Spray and Phase B Isolation
                                            &deg;  CHECK Group 6 CS Monitor lights LIT
: 5. 1BEP-0, Attachment C                    &deg;  GO TO BEP-0,                  o      o Attachment C
: 6. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS RWST          At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN:            o      o Suction valves                            &deg; 1CS001A
                                                &deg; 1CS001B
: 7. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS Pump          At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN:            o      o Header isol valves                        &deg; 1CS007A
                                                &deg; 1CS007B Page 6 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT    UNSAT  Number STEP              ELEMENT                      STANDARD
: 8. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS eductor At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN:              o    o spray additive valves                &deg; 1CS019A
                                          &deg; 1CS019B NOTE Alternate path begins with step 9 and ends with step 10
*9. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c    At 1PM06J;                          o    o RNO
* PLACE 1A and/or 1B CS pump test switch in TEST
*10 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c    At 1PM06J;                          o    o RNO (continued)
* MANUALLY OPEN 1CS19A and/or 1CS019B
: 11. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c    At 1PM06J;                          o    o RNO (continued)
                                      &deg;    PLACE 1A and/or1B CS pump test switch in NORMAL At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN:              o    o
: 12. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS            &deg; 1CS010A Eductor Inlet FCVs                  &deg; 1CS010B
*13. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS          At 1PM06J:                          o    o Pumps
* Check at least one CS pump RUNNING
: 14. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 3      &deg;    RETURN TO BEP-0,                o    o Step 14.c Page 7 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT  UNSAT  Number STEP              ELEMENT                      STANDARD
: 15. Group 6 Phase B isolation monitor  At 1PM06J:                      o      o lights
                                        &deg;  CHECK Group 6 Phase B Isolation monitor lights LIT
: 16. Stop All Reactor Coolant Pumps  At 1PM05J:                      o      o o Check all RCPs STOPPED
: 15. Check CS eductor suction flow >  At 1PM06J:                      o      o 15 gpm
                                        &deg;  CHECK CS eductor suction flow on 1FI-CS013 and/or 1FI-CS014
: 16. Check CS eductor additive flow >    At 1PM06J:                      o      o 5 gpm Cue: This JPM is completed
                                        &deg;  CHECK CS eductor additive flow on 1FI-CS015 and/or 1FI-CS016 RECORD STOP TIME_______
Page 8 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Operators Name:
Job
==Title:==
RO      SRO      SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Manually Initiate Containment Spray (_BEP-0)
JPM Number: N-46a                                                Revision Number: 4 Task Number and
==Title:==
4D.CS-01 Manually Initiate Containment Spray (BEP-0)
K/A Number and Importance: 026A4.01 (4.5 / 4.3)
Task Standard: Manually Initiate Containment Spray _BEP-0 Step 14 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Actual Testing Environment:            Simulator      Control Room          In-Plant Testing Method:          Simulate          Alternate Path:      Yes            No Perform              SRO Only:        Yes            No Time Critical:        Yes        No Estimated Time to Complete: 20        minutes Actual Time Used:                minutes
==References:==
_ BEP-0, Step 14 EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?          Yes            No The operators performance was evaluated against the standards contained in this JPM, and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory              Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                  (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                Date:
Page 9 of 10
CR-e from N-46A rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS TASK CONDITIONS:
: 1. You are the Unit NSO.
: 2. A LOCA has just occurred and 1BEP-0 is in progress.
: 3. The ECCS is in the injection mode with decreasing RCS pressure.
: 4. Containment pressure peaked at 25 psig.
INITIATING CUES:
The US has directed you to initiate Containment Spray per 1BEP-0, Step 14.
Page 10 of 10
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Unload D/G that is paralleled to the SAT JPM Number: CR-f Revision Number: 15 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/29/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Mark Ristau                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP DG-12              Rev: 20 Procedure BOP DG-11T1, Diesel Generator Start/Stop Log              Rev: 2
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/29/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 15 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, change was procedure rev that added 1 step to the JPM.
Created from JPM No. N-6 rev.14
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Start, parallel, and load DG to 5500 KW using procedure then snap for succeeding uses.
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the extra NSO.
: 2. The Unit is in mode 1, with a normal "at power" electrical lineup.
: 3. Diesel Generator 1A has been running paralleled to the grid for 4 hours at 5500 KW INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Unit Supervisor has just directed you to shutdown the 1A Diesel Generator per BOP DG-12 from the Control Room.
: 2. Electric Operations has been notified and expects the DG load to be reduced and then removed from parallel operation.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT  UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN
: 1. Refer to BOP DG-12, Diesel                          BOP DG-12 Generator Shutdown Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time Cue: All prerequisites are met NOTE Cue the candidate at each plateau that the time frame has been met.
*2. Reduce load on the 1A DG to less                At 1PM01J:
than 250 KW using DG 1A Gov Adj
* LOWER the DG Gov Adj control.                                            control to REDUCE load to
                                                        < 250 KW per the schedule Note: The examinee may adjust VAR                      in the note loading as necessary while unloading
                                                    &deg;    4100 KW for 2 minutes the machine
                                                    &deg;    2750 KW for 2 minutes
                                                    &deg;    1400 KW for 15 minutes
                                                    &deg;    < 250 KW
: 3. Adjust reactive load to zero KVARS              At 1PM01J:
using Diesel Gen 1A Volt Adj.                  &deg; ADJUST DG KVARS to Control.                                            ZERO using the 1A DG VOLT ADJ NOTE The following annunciator will alarm after DG output breaker is opened:
1-21-D9, DG 1A RUNNING UNLOADED The diesel will continue running for 5 minutes after step 10 execution of this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD                    SAT  UNSAT Number
*4. Open ACB 1413 DG 1A Feed to                  At 1PM01J:
4KV Bus 141.
* OPEN ACB 1413 NOTE:
The completion of BOP DG-11T1 is NOT required for this JPM.
: 5. Record the time ACB 1413 was opened on BOP DG-11T1
                                        &deg; RECORD the time ACB Cue: The Unit NSO will complete          1413 was opened on BOP DG-11T1                        BOP DG-11T1 At 1PM01J:
*6. VERIFY/PLACE DG 1A ACB 1413 auto re-close circuit arm selector
* VERIFY/PLACE DG 1A switch in the NORM position.                            ACB 1413 auto re-close circuit arm selector switch in the NORM position.
Locally
: 7. VERIFY/PLACE the Start Mode Selector Switch at 1PL07J in FAST.                Start mode selector switch:
                                                    &deg;  DIRECT NLO to Cue: The EO reports the start mode selector switch is in FAST                            VERIFY/PLACE the Start Mode Selector switch in FAST at 1PL07J
: 8. VERIFY DG air receiver pressures                  Locally:
are > 175 psig prior to stopping DG              Starting Air receiver pressures to ensure operability.
                                                    &deg;      DIRECT NLO to VERIFY Cue: The EO reports the air receiver                        DG starting air receiver pressures are > 175 psig.                                    pressures > 175 psig SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT  UNSAT Number
: 9. VERIFY control mode selector                      Locally:
switch                                            Control mode selector switch Cue: The EO reports the control mode selector switch is in REMOTE                    &deg;    DIRECT the NLO to VERIFY the Control Mode Note: The operator may check the                          Selector Switch is in LOCAL white light NOT LIT                            REMOTE
*10. PLACE the DG 1A Start Switch in                At 1PM01J:
STOP position.
Stop the 1A DG
* PLACE the 1A DG Start Switch to STOP Cue: This JPM is complete
                                                          &deg; CHECK STOP light LIT RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-41 R9)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Unload and Shutdown a Diesel Generator JPM Number: CR-f                                    Revision Number: 15 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.DG-04,05 UNLOAD a DG & SHUTDOWN a DG K/A Number and Importance:            064A4.06 3.1/3.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
: 1.        BOP DG-11T1, Diesel Generator Start/Stop Log (Rev 2)
: 2.        BOP DG-12, Diesel Generator Shutdown (Rev. 20)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 4, 6 & 10 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-f (from N-41 R9)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the extra NSO.
: 2.      The unit is in mode 1, with a normal "at power" electrical lineup.
: 3.        Diesel Generator 1A has been running paralleled to the grid for 4 hours at 5500 KW.
INITIATING CUE
: 1.      The Unit Supervisor has just directed you to shutdown the 1A Diesel Generator, per BOP DG-12 from the Control Room.
: 2. Electric Operations has been notified and expects the DG load to be reduced and then removed from parallel operation.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Align Ventilation Systems for Emergency Operations (Failure of Fuel Handling Building Fans to Start)
JPM Number: CR-g Revision Number: 6 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/29/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Mark Ristau                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP VA-6                Rev: 4 Procedure 2BEP-0                  Rev: 202
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/29/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision X Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.
Created from JPM No. N-99b
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE:      It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Verify:
* 0VA085Y closed
* 0VA084Y open
* 0VA086Y open
: 3. VC M/U Filter Unit on running VC Train
: 4. Place VC Recirc Charcoal Adsorber Selector Switches on BOTH trains of VC to ABSORB, allow dampers to realign, then place both switches back to AUTO
: 5. Start 0B and 0F VA Inaccessible Plenum Charcoal Booster Fans
: 6. Close FHB Pre-Filter Isolation Dampers:
: a. 0VA058Y/0VA059Y
: b. 0VA053Y/0VA054Y
: 7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 8. Obtain Unit-2 E-0 Attachment. B binder with steps for the examinee
: 9. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
: 2.      Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
: 3.      2BEP-0 is in progress in response to the event.
INITIATING CUE You are directed to verify Fuel Handling Building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation per step 6 of 2BEP-0 Attachment B.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD            SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee
: 1. Refer to 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or                    LOCATE and OPEN Safety Injection, Attachment B step                  2BEP-0 to Attachment B 6                                                    step 6 Note: JPM step 1 may be performed at any time NOTE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE JPM steps 2 through 10 verify the fuel handling building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation. The fuel handling building fans fail to start initially
: 2. Verify FH building ventilation aligned At 1PM02J, VERIFY
* 0VA04CA NOT running AND
* 0VA04CB NOT running
: 3. Refer to BOP VA-6, Fuel Handling                LOCATE and OPEN BOP Building Charcoal Booster Fan                    VA-6 Operation Note: JPM step 10 may be performed                  &deg; at any time Cue: (if asked) The system is lined up IAW BOP VA-E3 NOTE In the following JPM steps, provide cues to the examinee based on which train is started SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD            SAT    UNSAT Number
*4. Place one FHB Exhaust Plenum on                At 0PM02J, line                                          VERIFY/OPEN:
* 0VA058Y and 0VA059Y (A Train)
OR
* 0VA053Y and 0VA054Y (B Train)
: 5. Ensure the other trains FHB Filter            At 1PM02J, VERIFY/CLOSE Flow Control damper is CLOSED.                for fan NOT being started:
o 0VA062Y (for A fan)
OR 0VA057Y (for B fan)
: 6. Verify the fan transfer switch is in remote.                                              &deg; VERIFY fan transfer switch is in REMOTE Note: The student may use the Stop light (green) on the associated control switch to verify the fan is in REMOTE Cue: The EO reports that the fan transfer switch is in the REMOTE position at 0VA01JA
*7. Start one train of Fuel Handling                At 0PM02J, START:
Building Charcoal Booster fan.
* 0VA04CA OR
* 0VA04CB
: 8. Ensure FHB Filter Train Flow Control              At 0PM02J, VERIFY/OPEN:
damper opens.
o 0VA057Y (for A fan)
OR 0VA062Y (for B fan)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD        SAT    UNSAT Number
: 9. Ensure FHB Charcoal Adsorber Inlet                At 0PM02J, VERIFY/OPEN:
Isol opens.
o 0VA060Y (for A fan)
OR 0VA055Y (for B fan)
: 10. Ensure FHB Charcoal Adsorber                    At 0PM02J, VERIFY/CLOSE:
Bypass Isol damper closes.
o 0VA051Y (for A fan)
OR 0VA435Y (for B fan)
Cue: (if required) This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b R5)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Align Ventilation Systems for Emergency Operation (Failure of FHB)
JPM Number: CR-g                                    Revision Number: 6 Task Number and
==Title:==
4D.EP-19 RESPOND to Safety Injection Signal K/A Number and Importance:            072A3.01 2.9/3.1 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s): BOP VA-6              Rev: 4 2BEP-0              Rev: 202 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4 and 7 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-g (from N-99b R5)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
: 2. Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
: 3. 2BEP-0 is in progress in response to the event.
INITIATING CUE You are directed to verify Fuel Handling Building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation per step 6 of 2BEP-0 Attachment B.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Establish and Secure Normal and RH Letdown flow JPM Number: CR-h Revision Number: 09 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/29/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Mark Ristau                      11/06/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor                      11/06/2011 Facility Representative      Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP CV-17              Rev: 25 Procedure Rev:
Procedure                        Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/29/11 SME / Instructor                              Date x                                                              x SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 9 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.
Created from JPM No. N-64 R8
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS
: 1. Reset to IC-25 NOTE:    It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
: 2. Modify Remote Function RH02 to 100, to open 1RH8734B when called as EO by examinee.
: 3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
: 4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the unit NSO.
: 2. The plant is in MODE 4 with RHR in shutdown cooling.
: 3. Normal letdown is in service.
: 4. Train B RHR is operating with train A in stand-by.
: 5. Degassing of the RCS is NOT required at this time.
INITIATING CUE The US directs you to establish 55 gpm letdown from RH and secure normal letdown per BOP CV-17.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD          SAT    UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee
: 1. Refer to BOP CV-17, step F.1                      LOCATE and OPEN BOP CV-17 Note: May be performed at any time Cue: Prerequisites are met
: 2. Verify/Open 1CV460                                At 1PM05J:
VERIFY/OPEN 1CV460
: 3. Verify/Open 1CV459                              At 1PM05J:
                                                    &deg; VERIFY/OPEN 1CV459
: 4. Verify/Open 1CV8389A/B                            At 1PM05J:
VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8389A/B
: 5. Verify/Open 1CV8160                            At 1PM05J:
VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8160
: 6. Verify/Open 1CV8149A/B/C                        At 1PM05J:
                                                    &deg; VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8149A/B/C At 1PM05J:
: 7. Verify RH letdown control valve position
                                                    &deg; VERIFY/REDUCE 1CV128 demand to 0%
*8. Align RH letdown flowpath Cue: Operator reports 1RH8734B is
* DISPATCH operator to OPEN locally open 1RH8734B SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD            SAT    UNSAT Number At 1PM05J:
*9. Place 1CC130A to Manual at 40%
* PLACE 1CC130A in MANUAL and ADJUST demand to 40%
At 1PM05J:
*10. Place 1CV131 to Manual at 40%
* PLACE 1CV131 in MANUAL and ADJUST demand to 40%
At 1PM05J:
: 11. Place the 1CV129 to VCT PLACE 1CV129 to the VCT position At 1PM05J:
: 12. Adjust 1LK-112 o ADJUST 1LK-112 pot setting to 7.3 AND PLACE 1LK-112 in AUTO
: 13. Place 1CV112A in Auto                            At 1PM05J:
PLACE 1CV-112A in AUTO
*14. Establish RH Letdown Flow At 1PM05J:
* OPEN/THROTTLE 1CV-128
*15. Adjust RH Letdown Flow At 1PM05J:
* ADJUST 1CV131 in manual to obtain desired flow
: 16. Place 1CV131 in Auto, if required At 1PM05J:
PLACE 1CV131 in AUTO, IF required SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N rev 8)
Comment ELEMENT                                          STANDARD                SAT    UNSAT Number
: 17. Adjust letdown temperature                      At 1PM05J:
NOTE: When examiner is satisfied,                              ADJUST 1CC130A to CUE the examinee that temp=                                  obtain ~ 110&deg;F 110&deg;F At 1PM05J:
: 18. Establish auto temperature control PLACE 1CC130A in AUTO At the RM-11:
: 19. Verify letdown radiation monitor in service                                                    VERIFY/PLACE 1RE-PR006 in service per BOP AR/PR-1 Cue: An extra NSO will place 1RE-PR006 in service
*20. Isolate normal letdown flowpath              At 1PM05J:
* CLOSE 1CV8152
: 21. Align 1CV129 for RCS cleanup                    At 1PM05J:
PLACE 1CV129 in the proper position for RCS Cue: Place 1CV129 is in DEMIN cleanup position to allow continued cleanup.
Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N-64 R8)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Establish and Secure Normal and RH Letdown JPM Number: CR-h                                    Revision Number: 09 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.CV-16 ESTABLISHING and SECURING Normal and RH Letdown flow.
K/A Number and Importance:            005 2.1.23 4.3/4.4 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BOP CV-17 Rev. 25 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, & 20 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
CR-h (from N-64 R8)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are the unit NSO.
: 2. The plant is in MODE 4 with RHR in shutdown cooling.
: 3. Normal letdown is in service.
: 4. Train B RHR is operating with train A in stand-by.
: 5. Degassing of the RCS is NOT required at this time.
INITIATING CUE The US directs you to establish 55 gpm letdown from RH and secure normal letdown per BOP CV-17.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Operate the Fire Detection/Alarm Equipment (without control power)
JPM Number: IP-i Revision Number: 07 Date: 10/30/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                10/30/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Brian Lewin                      11/6/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            /s/ Rob Lawlor                  11/6/2011 Facility Representative        Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP FP-22            Rev: 6 Procedure BOP FP-22A20        Rev: 0 Procedure BOP FP-22A25        Rev: 0
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  10/30/11 SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 7 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.
Created from JPM No. N-49a R6
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are an Equipment Operator.
: 2.      A fire exists in the _B Diesel Generator room as determined by an alarm at
_PM09J and local report.
: 3.      Automatic actuation of CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room has failed.
INITIATING CUE The Fire Chief directs you to manually initiate CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room using BOP FP-22.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
: 1. Refer to BOP FP-22, Manual                &deg; LOCATE and OPEN BOP              ___  ___      ___
Operation of the Carbon                      FP-22 Dioxide and Halon Fire Suppression Systems CUE      All prerequisites have been met NOTE:            Provide the examinee with a copy of BOP FP-22.
: 2. Refer to Section G to determine            DETERMINE attachment:              ___  ___      ___
attachment
                                                    &deg; FP-22A20 for DG 1B
                                                    &deg; FP-22A25 for DG 2B CUE      (if requested) The detection zone in alarm is _D-71 Note: (If requested), local panel has control power indication NOTE:            Provide the examinee with a copy of FP-22A20 for DG 1B OR FP-22A25 for DG 2B as appropriate.
: 3. Request MCR to contact                    REQUEST Center Desk to:            ___  ___      ___
Security
                                                    &deg; Call Security to ensure room clear of personnel CUE      Security has verified the room is clear of personnel NOTE:            This is a prerequisite, and was met in JPM step 1.
: 4. Request a page announcement. REQUEST Center Desk to:                          ___  ___      ___
                                                    &deg; Page plant for pending initiation CUE      Page announcement has been made
: 5. Verify open CO2 block valve.              &deg; VERIFY/OPEN _CO5022B            ___  ___      ___
CUE      _CO5022B is PARALLEL to the piping (OPEN)
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD          SAT  UNSAT Number
: 6. Verify Abort Switch not in Abort.          VERIFY _HS-CO004 NOT in        ___  ___    ___
ABORT CUE      HS-CO004 is NOT in ABORT
: 7. Pull down the CO2 push button              PULL DOWN cover for:          ___  ___    ___
station cover.                                _HS-CO002 OR
_HS-CO003 CUE      HS-CO002 button cover is DOWN                        OR CUE      HS-CO003 button cover is DOWN CUE      (if asked) The red light associated with the button is off NOTE:            Alternate path initiated in the following step.
DEPRESS CO2 button:
: 8. Locally actuate system                                                    ___  ___    ___
_HS-CO002 OR
_HS-CO003 CUE      HS-CO002 button is DEPRESSED                          OR CUE      _HS-CO003 button is DEPRESSED
: 9. Verify system actuates locally.            At _CO03J:                    ___  ___    ___
                                                    &deg; Verify CO2 System Actuated light LIT CUE      The CO2 System Actuated light is NOT LIT on _CO03J NOTE:            If the examinee elects to try the other push button - repeat this cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD          SAT    UNSAT Number
: 10. Verify alarm received on                  VERIFY:                        ___  ___      ___
_PM09J.
                                                    &deg; Suppression alarm on
_PM09J CUE      The Unit NSO reports that the suppression alarm was NOT received on _PM09J NOTE:            If the examinee elects to try the other push button - repeat this cue.
: 11. Determine manual initiation                &deg; PROCEED to step B.1          ___  ___      ___
without control power is required
*12. Open the Master EMPC.                      VERIFY/OPEN:                  ___  ___      ___
* 0CO09J CUE      0CO09J actuator lever is in the OPEN position
: 13. Verify open CO2 block valve.              VERIFY/OPEN:                  ___  ___      ___
                                                    &deg; _CO5022B CUE      _CO5022B is PARALLEL to the piping (OPEN)
NOTE:            _C05022B was previously verified open (JPM step 5)
*14. Break glass on _CO03JB
* BREAK glass cover on        ___  ___      ___
_CO03JB CUE      The glass cover has been broken on _CO03JB
*15. Actuate using EMPC actuator
* PLACE actuator lever for    ___  ___      ___
lever                                        _CO03JB in OPEN
* NOTE time CUE      _CO03JB actuator lever is in the OPEN position CUE      Use current time SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
: 16. Verify alarm received on                  VERIFY:                            ___  ___      ___
_PM09J.
                                                    &deg; Suppression alarm on
_PM09J (_S-37)
CUE      The Unit NSO reports that the suppression alarm _S-37 was received on _PM09J
*17. Terminate CO2                              WHEN 1 minute for 1B DG OR        ___  ___      ___
1 minute and 40 seconds for 2B DG has passed, THEN:
* PLACE _CO03JB actuator lever in CLOSE CUE      (If the 1B DG, then) 1 minute has passed CUE      (If the 2B DG, then) 1 minute and 40 seconds has passed CUE      The _CO03JB actuator lever is in the CLOSED position NOTE:
*18. Close CO2 block valve.                    CLOSE:                            ___  ___      ___
                                                    &deg; _CO5022B CUE      _CO5022B is PERPENDICULAR to the piping (CLOSE)
CUE      This JPM is completed JPM Stop Time:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a R6)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Operate the Fire Detection/Alarm Equipment (without control power)
JPM Number: IP-i                                    Revision Number: 07 Task Number and
==Title:==
4C.FP-02 OPERATE the Fire Detection/Alarm equipment.
K/A Number and Importance:            086A2.04 3.3/3.9 Suggested Testing Environment::                Simulator          Control Room        In-Plant    Other Alternate Path: Yes            No SRO Only:              Yes        No    Time Critical:      Yes    No Reference(s):
BOP FP-22, Manual Operation of the CO2 and Halon Fire Suppression Systems (Rev 6)
BOP FP-22A20, Manual Initiation of CO2 to 1B Diesel Generator Room (Rev. 0)
BOP FP-22A25, Manual Initiation of CO2 to 2B Diesel Generator Room (Rev. 0)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 12, 14, 15, 17, & 18 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-i (from N-49a R6)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an Equipment Operator.
: 2. A fire exists in the _B Diesel Generator room as determined by an alarm at
_PM09J and local report.
: 3. Automatic actuation of CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room has failed.
INITIATING CUE The Fire Chief directs you to manually initiate CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room using BOP FP-22.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform a Local Emergency Start of the 1B AF pp using BOA ELECT-5, Attachment D.
JPM Number: IP-j Revision Number: 08 Date: 11/02/2011 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter                11/02/2011 Instructor            Date Reviewed By:            Brian Lewin                      11/6/2011 Operations Representative        Date Approved By:            /s/ Rob Lawlor                  11/6/2011 Facility Representative        Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N rev 7)
JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure 1BOA ELEC-5 att. D                  Rev: 101 Procedure                        Rev:
Procedure                        Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file)                  11/02/2011 SME / Instructor                              Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N rev 7)
Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 8 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.
Created from JPM No. N-56 Rev. 7 Specified to use on Unit 1 only.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N rev 7)
INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are a Non-Licensed Operator.
: 2. The unit has just tripped in conjunction with an electrical fire in the units Remote Shutdown Panel.
: 3. The 1A AF pump is OOS for maintenance and the 1B AF pump did not automatically start, and will not manually start with the MCR switch.
INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has just directed you to initiate a local emergency start of the 1B AF pump using BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N rev 7)
RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
: 1. Locate the 1B AF pump.                          On 383 Aux Bldg:
Note: Provide the Candidate with a                          LOCATE _B AF pump.
copy of 1 or 2BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D.
NOTE Double Hearing Protection will be required prior to room entry. Ensure double hearing protection is available.
JPM steps 2 and 3 may be performed in any order
: 2. Verify/Start associated Aux Lube Oil Pump.                                          Inside pp room 383 L15 (U-1)
Cue: Aux Lube Oil Pump CS is in the                  Inside pp room 383 L18 (U-2)
START position.
VERIFY/START _B Aux Lube Oil Pump
: 3. Verify/Start Gearbox Lube Oil Pump.                                          Inside pp room 383 L16 (U-1)
Cue: Gearbox Lube Oil Pump CS is                    Inside pp room 383 L19 (U-2) in the START position.
VERIFY/START _B Gearbox Lube Oil Pump
*4. Place ENGINE START Switch to                    At _AF01J:
MAN.
* PLACE Engine Start Switch Cue: ENGINE START Switch is in                            to MAN MAN.
Note: The blue Engine ready to start light will extinguish when switch is repositioned.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N rev 7)
Comment ELEMENT                                        STANDARD              SAT    UNSAT Number
: 5. Verify Diesel Air Box Trip reset.              At _AF01J Cue: Air Box Trip Annunciator is                            CHECK Diesel Air Box NOT LIT.                                                Trip reset
: 6. Momentarily depress the RESET                    At _AF01J:
button.
Cue: Reset pushbutton depressed                            DEPRESS and and released                                            RELEASE the Reset button
*7. Start the 1B AF Pump.
At _AF01J:
Cue: The ENGINE RUNNING light is LIT.
* DEPRESS the Start button.
Note: engine should start within 60 seconds                                          VERIFY the Engine Running Light is lit
: 8. Monitor _B AF pump operation.
Cue: AF-7T1 will be completed by                        PERFORM BOP AF-7T1 another NLO who will monitor the pump.
Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N-56 R7)
JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO      SRO      FS STA/IA          SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Local Emergency start of the _B AF pump JPM Number: IP-j                                    Revision Number: 08 Task Number and
==Title:==
4D.OA-35 Establish Emergency Control of Safe Shutdown Equipment K/A Number and Importance:            061.2.1.30 4.4/4.0 Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes    No Reference(s):
1BOA ELECT-5 att. D                Rev: 101 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4 & 7 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete:          12 minutes              Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
IP-j (from N-56 R7)
TASK CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are a Non-Licensed Operator.
: 2.      The unit has just tripped in conjunction with an electrical fire in the units Remote Shutdown Panel.
: 3.      The 1A AF pump is OOS for maintenance and the 1B AF pump did not automatically start, and will not manually start with the MCR switch.
INITIATING CUES The Shift Manager has just directed you to initiate a local emergency start of the 1B AF pump using BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)
Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Instrument Bus Inverter Startup JPM Number: IP-k Revision Number: 11 Date: 9/17/2009 Revised By:              Bill Hochstetter
* 11/01/2011 Instructor            Date Validated By:            Brian Lewin
* 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor          Date Approved By:            Rob Lawlor
* 11/06/2011 Training Department          Date
* Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.
Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.
: 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.
See File Copy
: 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
: 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
: 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
: 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
: 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
: 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
: 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:
Procedure BOP IP-1            Rev: 14 Procedure                      Rev:
Procedure                      Rev:
: 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
: 10. Verify performance time is accurate
: 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
: 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:
Brian Clark (Signature on file)                      9/18/09 SME / Instructor                              Date Lynn Sanders (Signature on file)                      9/18/09 SME / Instructor                                Date SME / Instructor                                Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)              Page 2 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Revision Record (Summary)
Revision 11 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Added statement concerning critical step Added photos of panels SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1. You are an Equipment Operator.
: 2. The unit is at 65% power.
: 3. The unit has experienced a loss of Instrument Bus _11 due to failure of Instrument Inverter _11.
: 4. All maintenance is completed on Instrument Inverter _11 and the Clearance Order Tags have been removed.
: 5. Instrument Bus _11 is currently energized from the constant voltage transformer
(_IP01E).
INITIATING CUE
: 1. The Unit Supervisor directs you to startup Instrument _11 Inverter _IP05E and to transfer Instrument Bus _11 power to the inverter per BOP IP-1.
: 2. An Equipment Operator is standing by at MCC _31X2.
: 3. All prerequisites associated with any critical step are met.
Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.
Information For Evaluators Use:
UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.
* Denotes critical steps.
Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.
Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.
Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.
The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)  Page 4 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 RECORD START TIME:
Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD              SAT      UNSAT Number
: 1. Refer to BOP IP-1                            &deg;    LOCATE and OPEN BOP IP-1 Cue: (If requested) No instrument channels are in a tripped condition and the control room has reviewed _BOA Elec-2.
Cue: Prerequisites are met
: 2. VERIFY On Inverter Fan _IP09E.                At _IP09E:
Cue: Inverter fan switch is in ON                &deg;    VERIFY/PLACE Inverter or the ORANGE light is lit                      Fan _IP09E ON
*3. VERIFY/CLOSE Inverter AC feed                Close Inverter AC feed breaker.
breaker at MCC _31X2 Cub. C2.
* DIRECT EO to CLOSE AC Cue: EO reports that feed breaker                      feed breaker at _31X2 cub
_31X2 cub C2 is CLOSED                            C2
*4. VERIFY/CLOSE Inverter DC feed                Close Inverter DC feed breaker, at 125 VDC Distribution              breaker.
Panel _11 BF1, CKT 1.
                                                  &deg;    LOCATE 125 VDC Note: Located 451 elevation MEER                      Distribution Panel _11 BF1 Cue: DC feed breaker at 125 VDC
* CLOSE 125 VDC panel _11 BF1, Ckt #1 is to                        Distribution Panel _11 BF1 the RIGHT (CLOSED)                              Breaker, ckt 1
*5. CLOSE Battery input breaker 2CB At Inverter _IP05E:
Note: Located 451 elevation MEER                &deg;    LOCATE Instrument Inverter _11 (_IP05E)
Cue: Battery input breaker 2CB is in the UP position (ON)
* CLOSE Battery Input Bkr 2CB on the inverter SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)        Page 5 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                SAT      UNSAT Number NOTE The pre-charge pushbutton should not be released until DC Input Breaker, 3CB, is closed
*6. DEPRESS and HOLD pre-charge                  At _IP05E:
button 1PB for at least 15 seconds
* DEPRESS and HOLD Pre-charge 1PB button Cue: The Pre-charge 1PB button                          for at least 15 seconds has been DEPRESSED and HELD for at least 15 seconds If asked: Output volts indicate > 110 on volt meter.
*7. CLOSE DC input breaker 3CB        At _IP05E:
Cue: DC Input Breaker 3CB is in
* CLOSE DC Input Breaker the UP position (ON)            3CB on the inverter
: 8. Release pre-charge button 1PB At _IP05E:
Cue: The Pre-charge 1PB button                    &deg;  RELEASE Pre-charge has been RELEASED                                1PB button
: 9. VERIFY AC output voltage                      At _IP05E, on 2VM:
greater than 110 V
                                                  &deg;    VERIFY output voltage Cue: AC voltmeter indicates 119V                        greater than 110V (or as indicated)
*10. CLOSE AC output breaker 4CB                  At _IP05E:
Cue: AC Output Breaker 4CB is in
* CLOSE AC Output Brkr the UP position (ON)                            4CB on the inverter
: 11. Establish communications with                &deg;    Establish communications Unit NSO                                            with Unit NSO Cue: The Unit NSO has been contacted and directs you to proceed NOTE: The AEER is a No Radio Zone SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 6 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD            SAT      UNSAT Number
: 12. PLACE Rod Control in MANUAL                  &deg;    Request NSO/ US to place at discretion of US.                                Rod Control in MANUAL if desired.
Cue: Rod Control is in MANUAL NOTE The examinee may verify that the CAUTION prior to step F.1.m is met, if the MCR is contacted give the following cue:
Cue: 1) The SR and IR trips are blocked and/or
: 2) No instrument channels are in a tripped condition If asked about the critical step give the following cue:
Cue:    All prerequisite requirements associated with the critical step have been met.
(This includes an SRO present, and US permission)
Note:
The examiner may want to use the attached picture of the Instrument bus and have the examinee explain the operation, rather than opening the panel.
: 13. PLACE Reserve AC feed breaker At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:
to OFF
                                  &deg;  PLACE the RESERVE AC Cue: RESERVE AC feed breaker is      feed breaker to OFF to the LEFT (OFF position)
: 14. PLACE NORMAL/RESERVE feed At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:
breaker interlock bar in a position to allow operation of the NORMAL AC Feed Breaker                    &deg; PLACE the NORMAL/RESERVE feed Cue: Interlock bar is in a position      brkr interlock bar in to allow NORMAL AC feed            position to allow for breaker is operation              operation of NORMAL AC feed breaker
*15. Place Normal AC feed breaker to At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:
ON
* PLACE the NORMAL AC Cue: The normal AC feed breaker          feed breaker to the ON is to the LEFT (ON position)    position SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)      Page 7 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT                                      STANDARD                  SAT      UNSAT Number
: 16. VERIFYN41 energized at _PM02J &deg;                    CONTACT Unit NSO to verify N41 is energized Cue: The Unit NSO confirms that N41 is ENERGIZED
: 17. RESET N41 Positive Rate Trip as              &deg;    CONTACT Unit NSO to required.                                          verify N41 positive rate trip is reset.
Cue: The Unit NSO confirms that N41 Positive Rate Trip is RESET
: 18. CLOSE Rectifier AC input breaker At _IP05E:
1CB
                                    &deg;  CLOSE Rectifier AC Cue: The rectifier AC input              INPUT Brkr 1CB breaker 1CB is in the UP position (ON)
: 19. PLACE Rod Control in AUTO at    &deg;  Request NSO/ US to place discretion of US.                  Rod Control in AUTO if desired.
Cue: Rod Control is in AUTO
: 20. PLACE Instrument Bus _11        &deg;  LOCATE Inverter transformer Input breaker in OFF    Transformer _IP01E position.
                                    &deg;  PLACE the Instrument Bus Note: Located 451 elevation MEER        _11 Transformer Input breaker at _IP01E to OFF Cue: Transformer input breaker at
_IP01E is in the DOWN position (OFF)
Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)          Page 8 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 JPM
==SUMMARY==
Operators Name:                                                Job
==Title:==
EO        RO    SRO        FS STA/IA            SRO Cert JPM
==Title:==
Instrument Bus Inverter Startup JPM Number: IP-k                                    Revision Number: 11 Task Number and
==Title:==
4D.OA-22 RESPOND to a Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus.
K/A Number and Importance: 057 AA1.01 3.7/3.7 Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path:    Yes        No SRO Only: Yes                      No    Time Critical:    Yes      No Reference(s):
BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup (Rev. 14)
CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 10, & 15 Actual Testing Environment:              Simulator            Control Room          In-Plant      Other Testing Method:          Simulate            Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes                        Actual Time Used:            minutes EVALUATION
==SUMMARY==
Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily?                    Yes                No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be:                    Satisfactory      Unsatisfactory Comments:
Evaluators Name:                                                            (Print)
Evaluators Signature:                                                      Date:
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)            Page 9 of 10
IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 INITIAL CONDITIONS
: 1.      You are an Equipment Operator.
: 2.      The unit is at 65% power.
: 3.      The unit has experienced a loss of Instrument Bus _11 due to failure of Instrument Inverter _11.
: 4.      All maintenance is completed on Instrument Inverter _11 and the Clearance Order Tags have been removed.
: 5.      Instrument Bus _11 is currently energized from the constant voltage transformer
(_IP01E).
INITIATING CUE
: 1.      The Unit Supervisor directs you to startup Instrument _11 Inverter _IP05E and to transfer Instrument Bus _11 power to the inverter per BOP IP-1.
: 2.      An Equipment Operator is standing by at MCC _31X2.
: 3.      All prerequisites associated with any critical step are met.
SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 10}}

Latest revision as of 18:54, 6 February 2020

2012 Byron Station Initial License Examination Administered Job Performance Measures
ML12054A691
Person / Time
Site: Byron  Constellation icon.png
Issue date: 02/10/2012
From: Bielby M
Operations Branch III
To:
Exelon Generation Co
Shared Package
ML11354A066 List:
References
Download: ML12054A691 (191)
v • d • e


Text

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Calculate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: RA 1a Revision Number: 01 Date: 10/17/2011 Developed By: Bill Hochstetter 10/17/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brain Lewin 11/6/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/6/2011 Facility Representative Date

RA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-AP-300-1004 Rev: 2 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 7

RA 1a - rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 01 Initial revision of JPM Comment Resolution Revised JPM for 2012 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 7

RA 1a - rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6200 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps.
2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
2. The US has directed you to calculate a reactivity change, utilizing OP-AP-300-1004, that will allow rod withdrawal and match Tave to Tref keeping turbine load constant.
  • Provide blank copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
  • Provide copy of Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps 2 & 3 Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

TASK STANDARDS:

1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref
2. Calculate the Reactivity Change Determination Form.

MATERIALS:

  • Blank copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules at 6211 EFPH SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 7

RA 1a - rev 01 RECORD START TIME:

EVALUATOR NOTE: These steps may be performed in any order.

STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT CMT#

CUE Provide copy of OP-AP-300-1004 and a copy of the Unit 1 Rema thumbrules 1 Refer to In accordance with the provided: ___ ___ ___

  • OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Boration and Dilution Requirements Requirements
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
  • 2 Compute Attachment 1 of OP-AP-
  • Station: Byron Unit: 1 ___ ___ ___

300-1004

  • Date and time
  • Desired change
  • Withdraw Rods 6 steps for PDMA02 control
  • Raise RCS temp. 1 degree
  • Reason for change (per QNE recommendation)
  • PDMA02 control
  • Temperature control
  • What is the method & amt for the reactivity change?
  • 6 steps withdrawal of CB D
  • 224 gallons dilution per 1 degree F change
  • Inputs
  • Rema thumbrules NOTE: The correctly calculated numbers are listed below.
  • 3 Evaluate calculation
  • Calculation of change (Uses numbers as calculated above)
  • 6 steps of Control Bank D at 100% power: Tave-Tref = 1/2° rise in temperature
  • -1° + 0.5° (mismatch after rod movement) = -

0.5°

  • 224 gallons PW/1° x .5° =

112 gallons dilution CUE This JPM is complete.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 7

RA 1a - rev 01 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: RA-1a Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

S-AM-151, Perform proper reactivity management on unit startup and during normal plant operations K/A Number and Importance: GEN 2.1.37 Imp Factor 4.3/4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes Critical Steps: 2 and 3 EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 7

RA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1 Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6200 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps.

2 Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.

INITIATING CUES:

1. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.

2 The US has directed you to calculate a reactivity change, utilizing OP-AP-300-1004, that will allow rod withdrawal and match Tave to Tref keeping turbine load constant.

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance (ACB 2424 OOS)

JPM Number: RA-1.b Revision Number: 11 Date: 10/21/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/21/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brain Lewin 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 Rev: 009 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 11 Revised to current format SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1) Reset to IC-21 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2) When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
3) This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra NSO.
2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1, steady state power.

INITIATING CUE

1. The 1A DG has been declared inoperable and the US has directed you to perform 1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance.
2. An SRO has signed and dated the 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 data package cover sheet.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE Provide examinee with a copy of 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 to complete

1. Circle status of offsite power At 0PM03J, OBSERVE bus sources. alive lights, line amps, and MWs for all 345 KV lines:

° Line 0621 Note: The bus alive light alone is Line 0627

° NOT adequate verification

° Line 0624 of bus status.

° Line 0622

° CIRCLE energized for all 345 KV lines INDICATE:

2. Indicate status of disconnects, breakers and SAT links
  • Open disconnects, breakers and removed SAT links Cue: Both units SAT x-tie links are using O REMOVED
  • Closed disconnects, breakers and installed SAT Cue: Both units SAT disconnect links using X links are INSTALLED
3. Trace path along dashed lines TRACE path correctly on data from any energized offsite power sheet:

source to the unit ONE SAT

  • Line energized, breakers banks and disconnects closed
4. Trace second path from second TRACE SECOND path independent power source to unit correctly on data sheet:

TWO SAT bank.

  • Line energized, breakers and disconnects closed SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 5. Verify independent paths exist Verify independent paths from offsite power thru switchyard
  • L0621 and L0622 NOT to both units SAT banks BOTH used
  • Two paths DO NOT overlap
  • ENTER Yes for step 5 of data sheet
  • 6. Check normal and reserve 345 At 0PM03J, VERIFY bus alive KV buses energized light and voltmeter indications for:
  • 345 KV bus 13 ENTER Yes for steps 6a and 6b on data sheet
  • 7. Check normal and reserve At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY X and power SATs available Y winding MW and amps indication for:
  • SATs 142-1 and 142-2 Cue: SATs 242-1 and 242-2
  • SATs 242-1 and 242-2 ENERGIZED ENTER Yes for steps 7a and 7b on data sheet
  • 8. Check ESF buses 141 and 142 At 1PM01J, CHECK bus alive energized lights, SAT feeder breaker to bus position and bus voltmeter indication for:
  • Bus 141
  • Bus 142 ENTER Yes for steps 8a and 8b on data sheet SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 9. CHECK ESF buses 241 and 242 At 2PM01J, CHECK bus alive energized lights, SAT feeder breaker to bus position and bus voltmeter indication for:

Cue: BUS 241 BUS ALIVE light is LIT and voltage is normal

  • Bus 241 Cue: BUS 242 BUS ALIVE light is
  • Bus 242 LIT and voltage is normal ENTER Yes for steps 9a and 9b on data sheet
  • 10. Check SAT Feed breakers are At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY position closed and connected and control power available:
  • ACB 1412 Cue: ACB 2412 GREEN light LIT
  • ACB 2412
  • ACB 1422 Cue: ACB 2422 GREEN light LIT
  • ACB 2422 ENTER Yes for steps 10a through 10d on data sheet NOTE Faulted portion of JPM is initiated in the following step.
  • 11. Check SAT Reserve Feed At 1/2PM01J, VERIFY position breakers are closed and and control power available:

connected

  • ACB 1414
  • ACB 1424 Cue: ACB 2414 GREEN light LIT
  • ACB 2414
  • ACB 2424 Cue: ACB 2424 control switch is in ENTER No for step 11d and PTL and OOS Yes for steps 11a through 11c on data sheet SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 12. Determine acceptance criteria
  • DETERMINE acceptance are NOT met criteria are NOT MET
13. Notify US that acceptance
  • Notify US verbally or by criteria are not met checking NO and writing in Remarks on cover sheet.

Cue: US has verified 1BOL 8.1 has been implemented.

Cue: This JPM is completed.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Perform Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance (ACB 2424 OOS)

JPM Number: RA 1 (N-75a) Revision Number: 11 Task Number and

Title:

4C.AP-06 Perform the Offsite AC Power Availability Surveillance.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.31 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Rev 9, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance CRITICAL STEPS (*) 5 through 12 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 11

RA-1.b - rev 11 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra NSO.
2. Unit 1 is in Mode 1, steady state power.

INITIATING CUE

1. The 1A DG has been declared inoperable and the US has directed you to perform 1BOSR 8.1.1-1, Normal and Reserve Offsite AC Power Availability Weekly Surveillance.
2. An SRO has signed and dated the 1BOSR 8.1.1-1 data package cover sheet.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 11 of 11

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Identify Leak Isolation Points from Mechanical and Electrical Drawings JPM Number: RA-2 Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/20/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 12/30/2011 Instructor Date Validated By:

SME or Instructor Date Approved By:

Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure P & ID M-46 sht.1B Rev: AR

9. Procedure Schematic 6E-1-4030CS06 Rev: M
10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
11. Verify performance time is accurate
12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 0 Modified from Braidwood. Rev. 0 at Byron SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra NSO.
2. Both units are at 100% steady state power.
3. The Aux. Building EO has just reported 1CS043A, 1A CS EDUC INLET HDR DRN CONN ISOL VLV, has a leak at the welded inlet connection to the valve.

INITIATING CUE

1. The Shift Manager has directed you to recommend mechanical isolation points for the leak as close as possible to the source and report back with your recommendation.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • - Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE Once the examinee demonstrates the ability to locate the required mechanical print, provide a copy of print M-46 sheet 1B

1. Locate correct P& ID
  • LOCATE M-46 sheet 1B Note: When examinee determines o Use computer such as M-46 sheet 1B is required, Passport or EDMS then provide copy of o Use P&ID book M-46 sheet 1B.
  • 2 Determine upstream acceptable
  • Refers to M-46 sheet 1B isolation point and determine upstream isolation point is 1CS046A - CLOSED.
  • 3. Determine downstream
  • Refers to M-46 sheet 1B acceptable isolation points and determine downstream isolation point is 1CS019A - CLOSED.
4. Shift Manager notified ° NOTIFY SM of Isolation points Cue: The SM requests that you identify the breaker to be opened to provide electrical isolation for the MOV.
5. Locate correct schematic
  • LOCATE 6E-1-4030CS06 Note: When examinee determines o Use computer such as 6E-1-4030CS06 is required, Passport or EDMS then provide copy of o Use Electrical 6E-1-4030CS06 . Schematic book
  • 6. Determines Breaker to be opened
  • Determine 480VAC MCC to provide Electrical Isolation. 131X1 Compt. K2 is correct breaker to be Cue: This JPM is complete. opened and Notify SM.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Identify leak isolation points using Mechanical Drawings JPM Number: RA 2 Revision Number: 0 Task Number and

Title:

T.AM33-10 DISCUSS valving, piping, electrical, and instrumentation practices used in the C/O program K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.41 3.5 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): P & ID M-46 sht.1B Rev: AR Schematic 6E-1-4030CS06 Rev: M_

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3 & 6.

Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 7

RA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra NSO.
2. Both units are at 100% steady state power.
4. The Aux. Building EO has just reported 1CS043A, 1A CS EDUC INLET HDR DRN CONN ISOL VLV, has a leak at the welded inlet connection to the valve.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has directed you to recommend isolation points for the leak as close as possible to the source and report back to him with your recommendation.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 7

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Change RM-11 Setpoints in Preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: RA-3 Revision Number: 5 Date: 12/30/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter

  • 12/30/2012 Instructor Date Validated By:
  • SME or Instructor Date Approved By:
  • Facility Representative Date
  • Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BCP 400-TCNMT/Routine Rev: 20

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

W. Hochstetter(Signature on file) 12/30/2011 SME / Instructor Date (Signature on file)

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Revision 5 Generated a new BCP 400-Tcnmt/routine SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Ensure that either the 0A or 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation.
3. Verify that the RM-11 values for the appropriate channels agree with the surveillance paperwork and Supervisory key for the RM-11 available.
4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
5. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
3. 1PR11J is inoperable.

INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to perform Section 4 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue needs to be provided to the examinee.

To initiate this JPM, hand the partially completed BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE to the examinee.

1. Refer to the partially completed ° REVIEW BCP 400-BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness up to Cue: (if asked) Section 2 has been Section 3 verified along with the RETDAS Gaseous Release Rate printouts.
2. Complete daily channel checks ° VERIFY/COMPLETE the daily channel check on Cue: The daily channel check of 1RE-PR001 1RE-PR001 has been performed satisfactorily
3. Perform Source/Channel check ° PERFORM the 1PR01J source/channel check Cue: 1BOSR 11.b.6-1 has been completed and reviewed satisfactorily.

NOTE In the following JPM step, the examinee should N/A the step because 1PR11J is inoperable.

4. Noble gas trend ° VERIFY noble gas trend Cue: 1PR11J is inoperable
5. As Found setpoints of 1RE- At the RM-11, RECORD As PR001 Found setpoints of 1RE-PR001 gas channel:

Note: The High alarm setpoint is 4.83 E-04 ° High alarm setpoint Note: The Alert alarm setpoint is ° Alert alarm setpoint 2.42 E-04 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 6. RM-11 supervisory mode At the RM-11:

Cue: Give candidate the

  • Obtain Supervisory Key Supervisory key for RM-11 from Unit. Supervisor.

when requested.

  • PLACE RM-11 in Supervisory Mode
  • 7. Select monitor At the RM-11, Grid 2:
  • SELECT 1PB101 and DEPRESS the SEL key
  • 8. Select high alarm setpoint At the RM-11:

channel

  • DEPRESS Channel Item key
  • KEY IN 9
  • DEPRESS the SEL key
  • 9. High alarm setpoint At the RM-11:

Note: The setpoint to be entered is

  • ENTER high alarm setpoint 5.60 E-04 on 1PB101 per Step 4.1.1.8

° RECORD new value Cue: Your request for verification ° Request verification is acknowledged, please continue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 10. Select alert alarm channel At the RM-11:
  • DEPRESS Channel Item key
  • KEY IN 10
  • DEPRESS the SEL Note: The setpoint to be entered is
  • ENTER alert alarm setpoint 3.14 E-04. on 1PB101 per Step 4.1.1.8

° RECORD new value Cue: Your request for verification is ° Request verification acknowledged, please continue.

11. Place the RM-11 in Normal Mode At the RM-11:

° PLACE the RM-11 in NORMAL MODE

12. Aux building exhaust fan status At 0PM02J:

° ENSURE the 0A OR 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation

13. Turn in Package for approval Hand in Release package to Unit Supervisor for approval.

Cue: The US will continue at step 5.

Cue: This JPM is completed.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Change RM-11 Setpoints in Preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: RA/SA-3 Revision Number: 4 Task Number and

Title:

4C.GW-01 PERFORM a Gaseous Release.

K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.5 2.9/2.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form Type: Routine Containment Release (Rev. 20)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 6, 7, 8, 9 & 10 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10

RA/SA rev 4 (from N-100)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
3. 1PR11J is inoperable.

INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to perform Section 4 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 10

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Determine venting time for Reactor Vessel void JPM Number: SA-1.b Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/18/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/18/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brian Lewin 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure: 1BFR I.3 Rev: 200 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 11 Revised to current format SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra SRO.
2. Unit 1 is recovering from an event that caused a suspected hydrogen bubble to accumulate in the reactor vessel head.
3. The crew is performing 1BFR-I.3, RESPONSE TO VOIDS IN THE REACTOR VESSEL.
4. Attempts to condense the vessel head void have been unsuccessful and the TSC has directed the crew to perform a direct vessel vent.
5. Current plant conditions are as follows
  • Containment temperature (dry bulb) = 135 degreesF
  • Containment pressure = 2.1 psig
  • RCS pressure = 1500 psig INITIATING CUE
1. The Shift Manager directs you to assist the Unit 1 SRO by calculating reactor vessel vent time per 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B.
2. Inform the SM when you have completed 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE Provide examinee with a copy of 1BFR-I.3

1. Refer to 1BFR-I.3. Refer to 1BFR-I.3 Note: Provide copy of 1BFR-I.3 and a calculator to examinee.
  • 2. Calculate containment temperature Perform Attachment B, step 1:

in Rankine

  • Enter 135 in degrees F blank
  • Add 460 to 135 and enter 595 in degree R blank
  • 3. Calculate containment air volume Perform Attachment B, step 2 based on current temperature and
  • Enter 595 in degree R blank pressure.
  • Enter 2.1 in CNMT press blank
  • Perform calculation and enter 2,646,050 (or approx.)

in cu. ft. blank

  • 4. Calculate maximum hydrogen Perform Attachment B, step 3 volume that can be vented
  • Enter 1 in cnmt hydrogen keeping cnmt concentration below conc. blank.

3%

  • Enter 2,646,050 (or approx.)

in cu. ft. blank

  • Perform calculation and enter 52,921 (or approx.) in cu. ft. blank SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 5. Determine hydrogen flow rate Perform Attachment B, step 4 from RCS vent.
  • Plot RCS pressure on 1BFR-I.3-4 and determine flow rate will be about 4725 scfm (4675-4775)
  • Enter flow rate in step 4 SCFM blank
  • 6. Calculate maximum venting Perform Attachment B, step 5 time.
  • Enter 52,921 (or approx.) in cu. ft. blank
  • Enter 4725 (4675-4775) in SCFM blank
  • Calculate minutes and enter 11.2 (11.08 to 11.32) in minutes blank
7. Report to SM results of venting Notify SM that RCS venting can calculation be performed for approx. 11.1 to 11.3 minutes:

Cue: This JPM is completed.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Determine Venting time for Reactor Vessel Void JPM Number: SA-1.b Revision Number: 0 Task Number and

Title:

Diagnose and analyze voids in the reactor vessel (T.FR6-04)

K/A Number and Importance: 2.1.25 4.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator or classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BFR-I.3, Response to voids in the reactor vessel CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3, 4, 5, & 6 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 8

SA-1.b - rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an extra SRO.
2. Unit 1 is recovering from an event that caused a suspected hydrogen bubble to accumulate in the reactor vessel head.
3. The crew is performing 1BFR-I.3, RESPONSE TO VOIDS IN THE REACTOR VESSEL.
4. Attempts to condense the vessel head void have been unsuccessful and the TSC has directed the crew to perform a direct vessel vent.
5. Current plant conditions are as follows
  • Containment temperature (dry bulb) = 135 degreesF
  • Containment pressure = 2.1 psig
  • RCS pressure = 1500 psig INITIATING CUE
1. The Shift Manager directs you to assist the Unit 1 SRO by calculating reactor vessel vent time per 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B.
2. Inform the SM when you have completed 1BFR-I.3, Attachment B SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 8

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: SA 1a Revision Number: 01 Date: 10/17/2011 Developed By: Bill Hochstetter 10/17/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brian Lewin 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date

SA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure OP-AP-300-1004 Rev: 2 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

________ 9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.

________ 10. Verify performance time is accurate

________ 11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 2 of 8

SA 1a - rev 01 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 01 Initial revision of JPM Comment Resolution Revised JPM for 2012 NRC Exam SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 3 of 8

SA 1a - rev 01 INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6300 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps, steady state and equilibrium Xenon
2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
3. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
4. The NSO has calculated a reactivity change to match Tave with Tref.

INITIATING CUES:

1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref by reviewing OP-AA-300-1004, Att. 1, Reactivity Change Determination Form.
  • Provide completed copy of OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements
  • Provide copy of Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps 3 & 4 Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM. Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps.

These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

TASK STANDARDS:

1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref.
2. Review the Reactivity Change Determination Form.

MATERIALS:

  • Completed OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Requirements (Attachment 1 is attached)
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules at 6211 EFPH SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 4 of 8

SA 1a - rev 01 RECORD START TIME:

EVALUATOR NOTE: These steps may be performed in any order.

STEP ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT CMT#

CUE Provide completed copy of OP-AP-300-1004 (att. 1) and a copy of the Unit 1 Rema thumbrules 1 Refer to In accordance with the provided:

  • OP-AP-300-1004, Rev 2, Pwr Boration and Dilution Boration and Dilution Requirements Requirements
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules
  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules 2 Review Attachment 1 of OP-AP- Review Attachment 1 of OP-AP- ___ ___ ___

300-1004 300-1004 Evaluator note:

6 step withdrawal of CB D will raise temperature 0.5 degrees calculation is flawed because it omits above from calculation and dilutes a full 224 gallons of primary water, which is 1 degree, rather than taking into account the control rod withdrawal. Correct dilution volume is 112 gallons

  • 3 Evaluate calculation for dilution Determine dilution volume volume listed at 224 gallons, should be 112 gallons.
  • Should identify volume of dilution is incorrect.

Cue: SM has instructed you to correct the identified error and continue your review.

  • 4 Evaluate calculation and Determine rod withdrawal determine that rod withdrawal was omitted from calculation CUE This JPM is complete.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 5 of 8

SA 1a - rev 01 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Evaluate a Reactivity Change JPM Number: SA-1a Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

S-AM-151, Perform proper reactivity management on unit startup and during normal plant operations K/A Number and Importance: GEN 2.1.37 Imp Factor 4.3/4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Classroom Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

  • Unit 1 Rema Thumbrules Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Page 6 of 8

SA 1a - rev 01 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE INITIAL CONDITIONS:

1. Unit 1 is at 95% power, 6300 EFPH, 892 ppm boron, with CB D at 215 steps, steady state and equilibrium Xenon
2. Tave is 1 degree less than Tref.
3. The QNE has advised Control Bank D should be withdrawn to 221 steps to control PDMA02 on the desired target.
4. The NSO has calculated a reactivity change to match Tave with Tref.

INITIATING CUES:

1. Evaluate the reactivity change to match Tave to Tref by reviewing OP-AA-300-1004, Att. 1, Reactivity Change Determination Form.

SA 1a - rev 01 OP-AP-300-1004 Revision 2 Page 4 of 4 ATTACHMENT 1 REACTIVITY CHANGE DETERMINATION FORM Station: Byron Unit: 1 2 Time: Now Date: Today Desired change:

(Parameter, Magnitude, and Direction: Reactor Power, Rod Position, RCS Temp, Delta I, etc.)

Withdraw Rods 6 steps for PDMA02 control Raise RCS Ave. Temp by 1 degree Reason for Change:

(Temperature control, flux control, fuel burn up)

PDMA02 control and temperature control.

What is the method and amount required for the reactivity change?

(Bleed Tank Volume, Gallons of Dilution/Boration/Blended Flow, Rod Insertion/Rod Withdrawal steps/percent) 6 steps withdrawal of CB D and 224 gallons dilution per 1 degree Fahrenheit change.

Inputs:

(ReMA Thumbrules, ReMA maneuver guidance, Curve Book Figure/Table, Computer based trend plot, RCS Cb, EFPD - Preparer and Reviewer should use independent inputs when possible)

Rema thumbrules for Unit 1 at 6211 EFPH Calculation of change:

(E.G. Bwd/Byr: ReMA Thumbrule identifies 20 gallons BA = 1.0°F RCS temp reduction.

Desired change = 0.5°F drop. Calculation of change: (20 gal/1.0°F)

  • 0.5°F = 10 gal.,

previously used borations and dilutions)

(TMI: Procedure 1102-4 Power Operations Fig. 1, Volume of Deminerlized Water for 1% Rod Insertion) 1.0° low x 224 gallons dilution per degree raised = 224 gallons dilution Joe Rowe P Chech ______________

Preparer Reviewer Approver (RO) (RO/SRO) (SRO)

Shift Manager Notified: Yes No

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Initiate a LCOAR JPM Number: SA-2 New Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/19/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/19/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brian Lewin 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BAP 1400-6 Rev: 28 Procedure 1BOL 7.6 Rev: 6

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 0 Modified S009 Rev. 6 Changed component that is in LCOAR SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
2. The unit is at 90% steady state power, all conditions normal.

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit 1 Assist NSO notified you 5 minutes ago; the Unit 1 CST level is 58%.
2. The Shift Manager directs that it is NOT necessary to update the DEL per LCO 3.0.6 for this LCO.
3. IR 1234567 has been written to document the issue.
4. No other LCOARs or DELs exist on Unit 1.
5. Initiate the LCOAR paperwork as necessary.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • - Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE Once the student demonstrates the ability to locate referenced procedure provide the student with a copy of the procedure.

Step 1 of this JPM is optional

1. Refer to BAP 1400-6, Technical ° LOCATE and OPEN BAP Specification Limiting Conditions 1400-6 for Operation Action Requirements (LCOAR)
2. Refer to 1BOL 7.6, LCOAR ° LOCATE and OPEN 1BOL Condensate Storage Tank -Tech 7.6 Spec LCO 3.7.6
  • 3. Section A of 1 BOL 7.6 ENTER into Section A:

Note: Notification occurred 5

  • Time/Date minutes ago per initiating Cue. ° By

° Title

  • Present mode
  • Initiating event
  • Condition
  • 4. Safety function determination PERFORM SFD
  • Indicate No in Section C Cue: There is no other inoperable
  • Sign Coversheet or degraded support or supported equipment on the
  • Indicate NO on coversheet A train. for invalidating current SFD SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

5. Update DEL:
  • Check N/A box N/A - from initiating cue information
6. Determine Planned or Unplanned
  • Mark UNPLANNED on coversheet NOTE Examinee may inform SM of entry at this time, however, the SM Notified and time/date is typically completed after Peer Check received by another SRO.
7. Related WR/WO block o N/A OR List IR #

Note: IR # should be recorded here

8. Fill in Related Clearance Orders o N/A OR Leave Blank Note: Acceptable if left Blank
9. Was an IR written?
  • Check Yes box
  • 10. LCOAR TABLE of 1 BOL 7.6 COMPLETE LCOAR Table:

° CIRCLE Condition A

  • ENTER notification Time/Date AND sign Condition A
  • 11. Goes to ATTACHMENT A
  • Recognized the need to perform the following within Cue: An Extra NSO will perform 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br />s:

1BOSR 7.8.1-1.

  • 1BOSR 7.8.1-1
  • 1AF006A & B and Per Initiating Cue: 1AF006 and 1AF017A&B are 1AF017 A&B are operable. operable
  • SX basin above its limit Cue: SX basin level is 90%

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

12. Peer check prior to SM review ° BAP 1400-6 for Peer check Cue: A second SRO has provided a peer check. ° Get an additional SRO to Peer check the BOL package
13. Signed by Shift Manager ° NOTIFY SM Cue: The shift manager acknowledges LCOAR entry and review request.

Cue: This JPM is complete.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Initiate a LCOAR. (SRO)

JPM Number: SA 2(S009) Revision Number: 0 Task Number and

Title:

8E.TS-007 ENSURE compliance with all applicable Tech Spec Action Statements.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.2.23 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BAP 1400-6, Technical Specification Limiting Conditions for Operation Action Requirements (LCOAR) (Rev 28) 1BOL 7.6, LCOAR U-1 CST - Operating Tech Spec LCO 3.7.6 (Rev 6)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4, 10, & 11 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 10 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 9

SA 2- rev 0 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
2. The unit is at 90% steady state power, all conditions normal.

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit 1 Assist NSO notified you 5 minutes ago; the Unit 1 CST level is 58%.
2. The Shift Manager directs that it is NOT necessary to update the DEL per LCO 3.0.6 for this LCO.
3. IR 1234567 has been written to document the issue.
4. No other LCOARs or DELs exist on Unit 1.
5. Initiate the LCOAR paperwork as necessary.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 9

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Review Containment Release package in preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: SA-3 Revision Number: 5 Date: 12/30/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter

  • 12/30/2011 Instructor Date Validated By:
  • SME or Instructor Date Approved By:
  • Facility Representative Date
  • Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BCP 400-TCNMT/Routine Rev: 20

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 12/30/2011 SME / Instructor Date (Signature on file)

SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Revision 5 Revised to SRO Only review of containment release prior to approval SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Ensure that either the 0A or 0B Aux Building Exhaust Fan is in operation.
3. Verify that the RM-11 values for the appropriate channels agree with the surveillance paperwork and Supervisory key for the RM-11 available.
4. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
5. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
3. 1PR11J is inoperable.
4. The Unit has been at 100% power and stable for the past 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to review Sections 1 through 5 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue needs to be provided to the examinee.

To initiate this JPM, hand the partially completed BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE to the examinee.

Examine may start with section 5 first (step 4 below), then continue with review of previous sections.

1. Refer to the partially completed ° REVIEW BCP 400-BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness up to Cue: (if asked) Section 2 has been Section 3.

verified along with the RETDAS Gaseous Release Rate printouts.

  • 2. Notices signature missing in
  • Notices Rad protection HP Section 3 page 9. or SRO signature is NOT signed and dated Note: The examinee should determine the release cannot occur until this is resolved.

Cue: Acknowledge the error and request further review for accuracy.

  • 3. Reviews Section 4
  • REVIEW BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE for completeness of Section 4 Note: The examinee should determine the release cannot
  • Determine Step 8 proceed at this time. numbers dont match Proceed to step 5. section 2.5 (6.05 E-04 versus 5.60 E-04)

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

4. Reviews Section 5: ° Determines that the first Found in initial conditions paragraph is satisfied.

° Determines that Cue: The unit NSO will place the containment release placard. placard must be placed on 0PM02J Cue: The Unit 2 Unit Supervisor ° Determines that 1BOSR has verified 1BOSR 11.b.6-1 11.b.6-1 must be is complete and has been completed and reviewed reviewed.

  • 5. Does NOT approve the release
  • Determines that the release should NOT be Cue: This JPM is complete. approved.

RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Review Containment release package in preparation for a Unit 1 Containment Release JPM Number: SA-3 Revision Number: 5 Task Number and

Title:

4C.GW-01 PERFORM a Gaseous Release.

K/A Number and Importance: Generic 2.3.5 2.9/2.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE, Gaseous Effluent Release Form Type: Routine Containment Release (Rev. 20)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 3, & 5 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 9

SA rev 5 (from N-100)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Unit Supervisor.
2. A Unit 1 Containment release is pending.
3. 1PR11J is inoperable.
4. The Unit has been at 100% power and stable for the past 72 hours8.333333e-4 days <br />0.02 hours <br />1.190476e-4 weeks <br />2.7396e-5 months <br /> INITIATING CUE You have been instructed to review Sections 1 through 5 of BCP 400-TCNMT/ROUTINE in preparation for this release.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 9

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Classify Event and Fill Out a NARS Form (LBLOCA)

JPM Number: SA-4 Revision Number: 5 Date: 10/28/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/28/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Brian Lewin 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure EP-MW-114-100 Rev: 11 Procedure EP-MW-114-100-F-01 Rev: F Procedure EP-AA-1002 Rev: 28

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Lynn Sanders (Signature on file) 9/09/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 4 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Validated 9/20/11 by Lynn Sanders and Mike McCue, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.

New event created for 2011 Requal, classified as modified for ILT exam since this specific item has not been tested previously in ILT.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. None.
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Shift Emergency Director.
2. The Unit 1 Supervisor has provided you with information related to a Unit 1 event and informed you to perform an Emergency Plan evaluation.

INITIATING CUE

1. Perform an Emergency Plan evaluation and fill out the NARS form for transmittal for the plant conditions provided
2. This is a time critical JPM.

PLANT CONDITIONS

  • Unit 1 and 2 were both at full power.
  • A Unit 1 Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred based on the following conditions:
  • A large break Loss of Primary Coolant
  • Containment Spray pumps did not automatically start and could NOT be manually started.
  • Containment pressure peaked at 29 psig.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE The completion of Step 2 fulfills the critical time portion of this JPM.

1. Refer to Exelon Nuclear - Refer to EAL Matrix, EP-Radiological Emergency Plan AA-1002 Annex for Byron Station.

Note: This step may be performed at any time.

  • 2. Classify the Event utilizing EAL
  • Classify event as SITE Matrix. AREA EMERGENCY, from FS1 Loss OR Potential Loss Critical portion stop time ______ of 2 Fission Product Barriers (RCS and CNMT).

Time from start to Classification = ¢ < 15 minutes

________ minutes NOTE Provide the examinee with a copy of the NARS form.

3. Obtain NARS form, EP-MW-114- ° Obtain NARS form.

100-F-01, Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS).

Note: Step 3 may be performed at any time.

4. Refer to EP-MW-114-100, ° Locate and Open, EP-MW-MWROG Offsite Notifications, to 114-100, MWROG Offsite complete NARS form. Notifications, Section 4.2, to complete NARS form.

Note: Step 4 may be performed at any time.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

SA-4 (from S016t - rev 4)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE Provide the examinee with Wind Speed and Wind Direction cues after examinee has demonstrated the ability to obtain the information from the computer or from the main control board.

  • 5. Fill out NARS form according to

Cue: The wind direction on AM004

  • BLOCKS 2 thru 9 must be is 286°. filled correctly to meet the critical portion of filling out Cue: The wind speed on AM001 is the NARS form. (See 3 mph. attached KEY).

Time to complete NARS Form = ¢ < 12 minutes

________ minutes RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S016t - rev 4 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form UTILITY MESSAGE NO. ____1___ STATE MESSAGE NO. ____N/A_

1. STATUS 2. STATION

[A] ACTUAL [A] BRAIDWOOD [C] CLINTON [E] LASALLE [G] ZION

[X] DRILL/EXERCISE [X] BYRON [D] DRESDEN [F] QUAD CITIES

3. ONSITE CONDITION 4. ACCIDENT CLASSIFIED ACCIDENT TERMINATED

[A] UNUSUAL EVENT TIME (3[A-E]): Now TIME (3[F]): N/A

[B] ALERT DATE (3[A-E]): Today DATE (3[F]):N/A

[X] SITE AREA EMERGENCY EAL#: FS1

[D] GENERAL EMERGENCY

[E] RECOVERY

[F] TERMINATED

5. RELEASE STATUS 6. TYPE OF RELEASE 7. WIND DIR 8. WIND SPEED

[X] NONE [X] NOT APPLICABLE 286° [A] METERS/SEC.: _

[B] OCCURRING [B] GASEOUS (DEGREES FROM) [X] MILES/HR.: ___3

[C] TERMINATED [C] LIQUID

9. RECOMMENDED ACTIONS UTILITY RECOMMENDATION

[X NONE (UE, Alert and SAE Only)

(GE Only) -----------------------------------------------------------------

[B] SHELTER ILLINOIS SUB-AREAS:

AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS

[C] SHELTER IOWA SUB-AREAS:

AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS

[D] EVACUATE ILLINOIS SUB-AREAS:

AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS

[E] EVACUATE IOWA SUB-AREAS:

AND ADVISE REMAINDER OF THE EPZ TO MONITOR LOCAL RADIO STATIONS STATE RECOMMENDATION

[F] NONE

[G] SHELTER SUB-AREAS:

[H] EVACUATE SUB-AREAS:

[I] RECOMMEND POTASSIUM IODIDE (KI) PER PROCEDURES

[J] COMMENCE RETURN OF PUBLIC

[K] OTHER

10. ADDITIONAL INFORMATION None Verified With: STA Approved By: SRO
11. TRANSMITTED BY: NAME PHONE NUMBER TIME/DATE

[A] EXELON:

[B] STATE:

[C] COUNTY:

12. RECEIVED BY: NAME ORGANIZATION TIME/DATE SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S016t - rev 4 Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form Braidwood (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),

ROLL CALL LaSalle (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),

Termination and Recovery) Initial Roll Call Complete: Termination and Recovery)

NARS Code 20 NARS Code 20 Initial Final (time / date) Initial Final

  1. Illinois EMA # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC Illinois REAC Clinton UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s),

(Only if NARS #1 is a GE) (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)

Termination and Recovery)

NARS Code 38 NARS Code 25 NARS Code 98 Initial Final Initial Final Initial Final

  1. Illinois EMA # Illinois EMA
  1. Illinois EMA
  1. Grundy Co. Sheriff
  1. Grundy Co. Sheriff Illinois REAC # LaSalle Co. Sheriff
  1. Kankakee Co. Sheriff Illinois REAC (Only if NARS #1 is a GE) Grundy Co. EMA
  1. Will County Sheriff NARS Code 36 LaSalle Co. ESDA Illinois REAC Initial Final Grundy Co. EMA # Illinois EMA Kankakee Co. EOC # DeWitt Co. Sheriff Will Co. EOC Illinois REAC DeWitt Co. EOC Byron Dresden Quad Cities (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated (UE, Alert, SAE, escalated GE(s), Termination and GE(s), Termination and GE(s), Termination and Recovery) Recovery) Recovery)

NARS Code 20 NARS Code 20 NARS Code 43 Initial Final Initial Final Initial Final

  1. Illinois EMA # Illinois EMA # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC # Iowa EMD Illinois REAC Illinois REAC Scott Co. Sheriff (Only if NARS #1 is a GE) Clinton Co. EOC NARS Code 37 (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)

NARS Code 22 Scott Co. EOC Initial Final

  1. Illinois EMA Initial Final
  1. Illinois EMA (Only if NARS #1 is a GE)
    • Ogle Co. Sheriff NARS Code 23
  1. Grundy Co. Sheriff
    • Rochelle Police Initial Final
  1. Kendall Co. Sheriff # Illinois EMA Illinois REAC
  1. Will County Sheriff # Iowa EMD Ogle Co. ESDA Illinois REAC # Clinton Co. EOC Ogle Co. EOC Grundy Co. EMA #Rock Island Co. Sheriff Commercial numbers: Kendall Co. EOC # Whiteside Co. Sheriff IEMA 217-782-7860 Will Co. EOC # Scott Co. Sheriff (QC only) # Scott Co. EOC Iowa EMD 515-281-3231 Whiteside Co. ESDA Rock Island ESDA Illinois REAC NOTES: # Indicates that this agency is required to be notified within 15 minutes.
    • Only one needs to answer for notification.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S016t - rev 4 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Classify Event and Fill Out a NARS Form (LOCA)

JPM Number: S016t Revision Number: 4 Task Number and

Title:

S-ZP-008 CLASSIFY/RECLASSIFY Emergency Action Levels.

K/A Number and Importance: 2.4.41 4.6 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

EP-MW-114-100 (Rev 11), Midwest Region Offsite Notifications EP-MW-114-100-F-01 (Rev. F) Nuclear Accident Reporting System (NARS) Form EP-AA-1002 (Rev 28) Exelon Nuclear Radiological Emergency Plan Annex for Byron Station CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2 & 5 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

S016t - rev 4 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Shift Emergency Director.
2. The Unit 1 Supervisor has provided you with information related to a Unit 1 event and informed you to perform an Emergency Plan evaluation.

INITIATING CUE

1. Perform an Emergency Plan evaluation and fill out the NARS form for transmittal for the plant conditions provided
2. This is a time critical JPM.

PLANT CONDITIONS

  • Unit 1 and 2 were both at full power.
  • A Unit 1 Reactor Trip and Safety Injection occurred based on the following conditions:
  • A large break Loss of Primary Coolant
  • Containment Spray pumps did not automatically start and could NOT be manually started.
  • Containment pressure peaked at 29 psig.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance JPM Number: CR-A Revision Number: 10 Date: 10/20/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/20/11 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Rob Friskey 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 1BOSR 1.4.2-1 Rev: 17 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/20/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 10 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor.

Placed some examiner notes concerning alarms received during step performance Created from JPM No. N-41 Changed to Alt. Path based on NRC request SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Insert Malfunction RD05F08 prior to running this JPM to fail rod F-08 when it steps to 222 steps.
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
2. Unit 1 is at 100% power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL INITIATING CUE
1. You have been directed to perform a partial surveillance of 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance. You are to perform the surveillance on SD Bank E and Control Banks A through D.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN

1. Refer to 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable 1BOSR 1.4.2-1 Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time Cue: All prerequisites are met NOTE Provide the examinee with a copy of the 1BOSR 1.4.2-1.
2. Transfer rod control to manual At 1PM05J:

PLACE Rod Bank Selector switch to MANUAL

° MAINTAIN Tave matched with Tref using rod motion control In column 2a:

3. Record initial shutdown bank step counter readings

° ENTER initial step counter readings for Shutdown Bank E

  • 4. Shutdown bank E At 1PM05J:
  • SELECT SBE position on Rod Bank Selector switch SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 5. Insert Shutdown Bank E 1 step At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Shutdown Bank E 1 step
  • 6. Withdraw shutdown bank E At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, WITHDRAW Shutdown Bank E to 231 steps
7. DRPI indication At 1PM05J:

° VERIFY DRPI indicates 228 steps withdrawn NOTE Annunciator 1-10-A7 ROD DEV POWER RNG TILT, will alarm during performance of step 8

  • 8. Insert shutdown bank E At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Shutdown Bank E 10 to 15 steps
9. Record step counter readings In column 2g:

° RECORD shutdown bank E step counter reading In column 2h:

10. Shutdown bank E DRPI

° VERIFY each rod in shutdown bank E moved 10 -

15 steps using DRPI and INITIAL

  • 11. Return rods to initial position At 1PM05J:
  • WITHDRAW shutdown bank E rods to 228 steps SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

12. Final shutdown bank E position In column 2j:

° RECORD final shutdown bank E position

13. Final shutdown bank E DRPI In column 2k:

° VERIFY each rod in shutdown bank E is restored to original position and INITIAL NOTE The steps for Shutdown Banks A, B, C, and D will not be performed. The examinee should go to the next step that addresses control banks.

14. Record initial control rod bank step counter readings In column 3a:

° ENTER initial step counter readings for Control Banks A, B, C, and D

  • 15. Control bank A At 1PM05J:
  • SELECT CBA position on Rod Bank Selector switch
  • 16. Insert Control Bank A 1 step At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Control Bank A 1 step
  • 17. Withdraw control bank A At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, WITHDRAW Control Bank A to 231 steps SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE The following Annunciators will alarm during the performance of step 18 1-10-A6 ROD BANK LO-2 INSERTION LIMIT, 1-10-A7 ROD DEV POWER RNG TILT, and 1-10-B6 ROD BANK LO INSERTION LIMIT NOTE Alternate Path starts HERE

  • 18. Insert control bank A At 1PM05J:
  • Using the rod motion control switch, INSERT Control Bank A 10 to 15 steps NOTE The examinee may notice that DRPI for Rod F-8 stayed at 222 steps while the rest of the Bank continued to 216 steps, depending on how far the candidate inserts rods.

If the above occurs, then, the examinee should Notify the Unit Sup. and the evaluator should go to step 24.

19. Record step counter readings In column 3f:

° RECORD control rod bank A step counter readings for both groups 1 and 2 In column 3g:

20. Control bank A DRPI

° VERIFY each rod in control bank A moved 10 - 15 steps using DRPI and INITIAL (DRPI will not change by 2 LEDs for the failed rod)

  • 21. Return rods to initial position At 1PM05J:
  • WITHDRAW control bank A to original position
22. Final control rod bank A position In column 3i:

° RECORD final control bank A position SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N rev 9)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 23. Final control bank A DRPI In column 3j:
  • VERIFY each rod in NOTE: Examinee should note F-08 control bank A is at its DRPI does not agree with other rods original position in that Group
  • 24 Notifies Unit Supervisor
  • Notify Unit Supervisor of failure of Rod F-08 to withdraw Cue: (if required) This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N-41 R9)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance JPM Number: CR-A Revision Number: 10 Task Number and

Title:

4C.RD-01 PERFORM Control Rod Exercises K/A Number and Importance: 014A4.02 3.4/3.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BOSR 1.4.2 Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4, 5, 6, 8, 11, 15, 16, 17, 18 & 21, 23 and 24 (21 and 23 may not be performed if failure is noted during inward rod motion).

Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-A (from N-41 R9)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
2. Unit 1 is at 100% power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL INITIATING CUE
1. You have been directed to perform a partial surveillance of 1BOSR 1.4.2-1, Moveable Control Assemblies Quarterly Surveillance. You are to perform the surveillance on SD Bank E and Control Banks A through D.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Raise Accumulator Level With SI Pump JPM Number: CR-b Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/21/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/20/11 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Rob Friskey 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP SI-22 Rev: 10 Procedure Rev:

9. Procedure Rev:
10. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
11. Verify performance time is accurate
12. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
13. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/21/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 0 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor,. Created from JPM No. N-73 Changed NLO to EO

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Set C accumulator level to 30% by:

set SIMACC(3)= 58065 set SIMN2ACC93)= 1290

3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Extra NSO.
2. Unit 1 is at full power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL
3. All plant systems and controls are normal INITIATING CUE
1. The chemistry department left accumulator 1C sample valve open after sampling, resulting in a low level of 30%.
2. The sample valve has been closed, and the lineup returned to normal.
3. The accumulator has been declared inoperable due to the low level and the LCOAR 1BOL 5.1 has been entered.
4. U-1 RWST boron concentration is 2350 ppm.
5. 1B SI pump is OPERABLE
6. The US has directed you to return the accumulator level to the normal band using the 1A SI pump.
7. An EO is standing by the 1A SI pp with a copy of BOP SI-1T1 Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN BOP

1. Refer to BOP SI-22, Raising SI SI-22 Accumulator Level in Mode 1, 2 or 3 Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time.

Verify nothing discharging to

2. VERIFY the following NOT RWST:

discharging to applicable RWST

° 0FC03PA/B, 0A/B refueling Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC reports the purification pumps are water purification pumps not discharging to the RWST ° 1SI03P, RWST heating pump (May mark N/A per Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC NOTE) reports the RWST heating pump is not discharging to the RWST 1RE01PA/B, RCDT pump

° A/B Cue: The Field Supervisor/WEC reports that the SFP demineralizer is ° 1FC01D, spent fuel pit not discharging to the RWST demineralizer effluents Note: Examinee checks 1CS01PA/B GREEN lights are LIT ° 1CS01PA/B, CS pump A/B Cue: Makeup from BA blender not aligned to RWST: ° RWST makeup from BA blender SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number VERIFY/CLOSE:

3. Align mini-flow path for 1A SI pump
  • 1CV8804A (A pump)

° 1SI8804B (B pump)

VERIFY/OPEN:

  • 1SI8814 (A pump)

° 1SI8920 (B pump)

  • 1SI8813 (both pumps)
  • 4. Align SI pump to accumulator At 1PM06J VERIFY/OPEN: (both pumps)
  • 1SI8806
  • 1SI8923A
  • 1SI8888
  • 1SI8871
5. Verify SI to radwaste isolated At 1PM11J:
  • VERIFY/CLOSE 1SI8964 (both pumps)
6. Verify SI pump isolated to hot legs At 1PM06J:

VERIFY CLOSED and DEENERGIZED: (Both pumps)

  • 1SI8802A
  • 1SI8802B NOTE The procedure branches at this point dependent on the SI pump to be used. The intent of this JPM is to use the 1A SI pump, therefore the examinee should proceed to step F.7.b Cue: The SM directs that step F.7.a be omitted.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE The Examinee may elect to have an EO do a pre-start check of the 1A SI pump prior to starting.

Cue: (if asked): The 1A SI pump is ready for a start and I am clear of the pump

  • 7. Start the 1A SI pump At 1PM06J:
  • Take 1A SI pump C/S to start
  • Ensure discharge CUE: The EO will perform the pressure does NOT applicable portions of BOP SI- exceed 1700 psig 1T1 ° Initiate BOP SI-1T1 NOTE When the examinee fills the accumulator 1% to 2% above the low level alarm setpoint (alarm clears) provide the following cue:

Cue: The desired accumulator level has been achieved.

° Enter 1BOL 5.1 Cue:Unit 1 Unit Supervisor acknowledges entry into 1BOL

  • OPEN 1SI8878C 5.1
  • CLOSE 1SI8878C when Cue: Unit 1 Unit Supervisor accumulator level is acknowledges exit BOL 5.1 between 31% and <63%

° Exit 1BOL 5.1

10. Stop the 1A SI pump At 1PM06J:

° STOP the 1A SI pump

11. Verify/Open 1SI8821A At 1PM06J:

° Verify/Open 1SI8821A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N rev 6 modified for alternate path)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

12. Isolate accumulator fill At 1PM06J:

° CLOSE 1SI8871 At 1PM011J:

13. Vent SI train to SI accumulators

° At 1PM11J, OPEN 1SI8964

° At 1PM06J, MONITOR SI pump discharge pressure At PM11J, CLOSE

° 1SI8964

14. Isolate SI pump from accumulator At 1PM06J:

° CLOSE 1SI8888

15. Notify chemistry to initiate 1BCSR NOTIFY chemistry to initiate 5.1.5 1BCSR 5.1.5 per Tech Spec 3.5.1 Cue: Chemistry has been notified to initiate 1BCSR 5.1.5 Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N-73 R6)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Raise Accumulator Level With SI Pump JPM Number: CR-b Revision Number: 00 Task Number and

Title:

4C.SI-02 FILL the SI System Accumulators K/A Number and Importance: 006A1.13 3.5/3.7 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BOP SI-22, Raising SI Accumulator Level in Modes 1,2 or 3 (Rev. 10)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4, 7, 8, & 9 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-b (from N-73 R6)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Extra NSO.
2. Unit 1 is at full power, steady state, equilibrium Xenon, MOL
3. All plant systems and controls are normal INITIATING CUE
1. The chemistry department left accumulator 1C sample valve open after sampling, resulting in a low level of 30%.
2. The sample valve has been closed, and the lineup returned to normal.
3. The accumulator has been declared inoperable due to the low level and the LCOAR (1BOL 5.1) has been entered.
4. U-1 RWST boron concentration is 2350 ppm.
5. 1B SI pump is OPERABLE
6. The US has directed you to return the accumulator level to the normal band using the 1A SI pump.
7. An EO is standing by the 1A SI pp with a copy of BOP SI-1T1 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform Transfer to Hot Leg Recirc JPM Number: CR-c Revision Number: 00 Date: 10/24/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/24/11 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Brian Lewin 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 1BEP ES-1.4 Rev: 200 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/20/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 0 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, revised to make alternate path Created from JPM No. N-30.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-180 (LOCA and currently on Cold Leg Recirc)

NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

2. Turn annunciators to OFF.
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
2. A large LOCA is in progress.
3. 1BEP-1 step 19 has been completed.
4. 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> 50 minutes has elapsed since SI was actuated.

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to proceed with 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee

1. Refer to 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to LOCATE and OPEN Hot Leg Recirculation 1BEP ES-1.4 Note: This step may be performed at any time.
  • 2. Place SVAG Valve Bus Feeds to At 1PM06J, CLOSE:

Close.

  • 480V Feed to Bus 131X1A/X2A
  • 480V Feed to Bus 132X2A/X4A
  • 3. Close RH to cold legs isol valves. At 1PM06J, CLOSE:
  • 1SI8809A
  • 1SI8809B NOTE Alternate Path JPM starts here
  • 4. Check 1A RH pump running. At 1PM06J:
  • CHECK RHR pump 1A NOT RUNNING
  • 5 OPEN Train B RH HX discharge At 1PM06J:

crosstie header valve

  • OPEN 1RH8716B
  • 6. Open RH to hot legs isol valve. At 1PM06J:
  • OPEN 1SI8840
  • 7. Stop SI pump 1A. At 1PM06J:

STOP 1A SI pump

  • 8. Close SI pump 1A to cold legs isol At 1PM06J:

valve.

  • CLOSE 1SI8821A SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 -revised to make alternate path rev 0)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 9. Open SI pump 1A to hot legs isol At 1PM06J:

valve.

  • OPEN 1SI8802A
  • 10. Start the 1A SI pump. At 1PM06J:
  • START 1A SI pump
  • 11. Stop SI pump 1B. At 1PM06J:

STOP 1B SI pump

  • 12. Close SI pump 1B to cold legs isol At 1PM06J:

valve.

  • CLOSE 1SI8821B
  • 13. Open SI pump 1B to hot legs isol At 1PM06J:

valve.

  • OPEN 1SI8802B
  • 14. Start the 1B SI pump. At 1PM06J:
  • START 1B SI pump
15. Check SI pumps to hot legs isol At 1PM06J, Verify OPEN valves open 1SI8802A 1SI8802B
16. Close SI pumps to cold leg isol At 1PM06J:

valve CLOSE 1SI8835

17. Place SVAG Valve Bus Feeds to At 1PM06J, TRIP TRIP.

480V Feed to Bus 131X1A/X2A 480V Feed to Bus 132X2A/X4A Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 R7)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Align ECCS to Hot Leg Recirc JPM Number: CR-c Revision Number: 0 Task Number and

Title:

4D.EP-15 TRANSFER ECCS to Hot Leg Recirculation K/A Number and Importance: 011EA1.11 4.2/4.2 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BEP ES1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation (Rev. 200)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2 through 14 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 23 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-c (from N-30 R7)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 NSO.
2. A large LOCA is in progress.
3. 1BEP-1 step 19 has been completed.
4. 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> 50 minutes has elapsed since SI was actuated.

INITIATING CUE

2. The Unit Supervisor has directed you to proceed with 1BEP ES-1.4, Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Respond To 1A SX Pump Trip (Standby Pump Does Not Start)

JPM Number: CR-d Revision Number: 0 Date: 10/20/2011 Developed By: Bill Hochstetter 10/20/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Mark Ristau 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor

  • 11/06/2011 Training Department Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 11

CR-d from N130a rev 3 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BAR 1-2-A1 Rev 4

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Lynn Sanders (Signature on File) 9/24/09 SME / Instructor Date Brian Clark (Signature on File) 9/24/09 SME / Instructor Date Page 2 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 00

1. New JPM
2. Operator Actions PRA Establish SX Crosstie across units.
3. The examinee will direct the performance of 3 critical steps. The high PRA value of establish SX Crosstie across units justifies counting these steps as critical steps.
4. Validated 11/06/11 by Rob Lawlor and Bill Hochstetter.

Page 3 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS NOTE:

It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed below, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.

1. Reset to IC-13
2. Verify 1A SX is running
3. Insert malfunction SW01B to trip the 1B SX pump
4. Insert malfunction PN1427 to off
5. Place the simulator in RUN.
6. On the Examiners cue insert malfunction SW01A (15 sec delay) to trip the 1A SX pump
7. When Unit 2 NSO is requested to open 2SX005 modify remote function SW07 to 100 Page 4 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit1 NSO.

INITIATING CUE Respond to alarms on 1PM06J.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

Page 5 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 RECORD START TIME:

Note If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee.

ELEMENT STANDARD Comment SAT UNSAT Number NOTE The examinee may refer to BAR 1-2-A1 at any time.

If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the underlined cue need to be provided to the examinee.

1. Refer to BAR 1-2-A1 o Locate and Open BAR 1 A1 NOTE The next step begins the alternate path steps.
2. Start 1B SX Pump (This is an At 1PM06J:

Immediate Action)

  • Start 1B SX pump NOTE If this is being performed on the simulator, the Simulator Operator will act as the U2 NSO and will perform steps 3 and 5 when requested.

Have examinee call Unit 2 @ X-2209 during the next step.

  • 3. Determines SX Pump unavailable
  • DIRECTS U2 NSO to and DIRECTS U2 NSO to START START the standby SX the standby SX Pump on Unit 2 Pump on Unit 2 Cue: Unit 2 NSO reports the Unit 2 Standby SX pump is running NOTE Steps 4 and 5 may be performed in any order.

Page 6 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT STANDARD Comment SAT UNSAT Number

  • 4. Open 1SX005. At 1PM06J:
  • Open 1SX005:
  • 5. DIRECTS U2 NSO to OPEN
  • DIRECTS U2 NSO to OPEN 2SX005 2SX005
6. DETERMINE cause of trip.

o Dispatch an EO to check Cue: EO reports phase C the 1A SX pump (BUS 141 overcurrent target is up on the 1A Cub 2)

SX pump breaker.

Cue: EO reports phase B o Dispatch an EO to check overcurrent target is up on the 1B the 1B SX pump (BUS 142 SX pump breaker. Cub 2)

7. REFER to 1BOA PRI-7 o Direct Unit Supervisor to refer to 1BOA PRI-7.

Cue: The Unit Supervisor will refer to 1BOA PRI-7 NOTE The following steps from 1BOA PRI-7 may not be performed, if they were essentially performed per the BAR .

Page 7 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT STANDARD Comment SAT UNSAT Number 7A. NOTE: if examinee performs actions contained in 1BOA PRI-7, the steps are outlined in this sub-step:

Determines no SX pp running o Check at least 1 SX pp running on Unit 1 o Manually open 1SX016B and 1SX027B (RCFC inlet Note: pp fails to start and outlet valves)

Note: The solid bullet steps are o Start 1B SX pp the Critical Steps of the expected o Go to attachment A path of this JPM. o Direct U-2 NSO to check RCFC inlet and outlet isolation valves for standby SX pump OPEN AND Already running if following the

  • Start standby U-2 SX BAR. If not following the BAR pp report: Unit 2 NSO reports the Unit 2 Standby SX pump is running Cross-tie to both U-2 SX pps
    • Open 1SX005
    • Direct U-2 to open 2SX005 Check open 1SX033 Cue: 2SX033 and 034 and 1SX034 indicates open Direct U-2 to check open 2SX033 and Cue: U-2 SX pp disc. pressure 034 indicates 95 psig Direct U-2 to check SX pp disc. press. >

Goes to step 6 of attachment A 90 psig of 1BOA PRI-7 Check that 1 MCR Chiller and 1 Cnmt.

Chiller running Returns to main body step 2.

8. REFER to Technical Specification o Direct Unit Supervisor to 3.7.8. refer to Technical Specification 3.7.8.

Cue: The Unit Supervisor will refer to Technical Specification 3.7.8.

Page 8 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-d from N130a rev 3 ELEMENT STANDARD Comment SAT UNSAT Number

9. INITIATE corrective action. o Direct Unit Supervisor to INITIATE corrective action Cue: The Unit Supervisor will INITIATE corrective action.

Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:

Page 9 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Respond To 1A SX Pump Trip (Standby Pump Does Not Start)

JPM Number: N130a: Revision Number: 0 Task Number and

Title:

R-OA-108 Respond to Essential Service Water Malfunction.

K/A Number and Importance: 076 A2.01 (3.5/3.7)

Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): BAR 1-2-A1 Rev 4 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4 & 5 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 5 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name:___________________________________ (Print)

Evaluators Signature:________________________________ Date:_____________

Page 10 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

INITIAL CONDITIONS You are the Unit1 NSO.

INITIATING CUE Respond to alarms on 1PM06J.

Page 11 of 11 SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure MANUALLY INITIATE CONTAINMENT SPRAY (BEP-0)

JPM Number: CR-e Revision Number: 4 Date: 11/06/2011 Developed By: Brian Clark (Signature on file) 10/04/07 Instructor Date Validated By: Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 11/06/11 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor (Signature on file) 11/06/11 Operations Representative Date Page 1 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation. Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 11 below.

________ 1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

________ 2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.

________ 3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, or simulator)

________ 4. Initial setup conditions are identified.

________ 5. Initiating and terminating cues are properly identified.

________ 6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.

________ 7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).

________ 8. Verify the procedure referenced by this JPM matches the most current revision of that procedure:

_BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

Procedure Rev. 202 Verified Date: 10/28/2011

________ 9. Pilot test the JPM:

a. verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict, and
b. ensure performance time is accurate.

________ 10. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.

________ 11. When JPM is revalidated, SME or Instructor sign and date JPM cover page.

SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date SME/Instructor Date Page 2 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Revision Record (Summary)

1. Revision 3 Changed task conditions from CNMT press is 25# to Containment pressure peaked at 25#. RCPs will be tripped in setup and action has been deleted as a critical task. The two actions of manually opening of _CS019A and placing _A CS pump to Test are each designated as critical tasks.
2. Revision 4 Changed attachment B to attachment C based on rev. to _BEP-0 Page 3 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset the simulator to IC 179 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Turn annunciators OFF
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently, then validate the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist.
4. This completes the setup for this JPM.

Page 4 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are a unit NSO.
2. A LOCA has just occurred and 1BEP-0 is in progress.
3. The ECCS is in the injection mode with dropping RCS pressure.
4. Containment pressure peaked at 25 psig.

INITIATING CUE The Unit Supervisor has directed you to perform step 14 of 1BEP-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

CRITICAL ELEMENTS(*): 9, 10 & 13 APPROXIMATE COMPLETION TIME: 26 minutes UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.
  • Denotes critical elements of a critical step.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section at the bottom of the page. The comment section should be used to document the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory and to document unsatisfactory performance relating to management expectations.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

Page 5 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD RECORD START TIME ________

NOTE If this JPM is given on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be given to the examinee.

1. Enter BEP-0 at step 14 ° LOCATE and OPEN o o 1BEP-0 to step 14
2. Check containment pressure At 1PM06J: o o

° CHECK Containment pressure

3. Group 6 containment spray At 1PM06J: o o monitor lights

° CHECK Group 6 CS Monitor lights LIT

4. 1BEP-0, Step 14.b RNO o o At 1PM05J or 1PM06J:

° MANUALLY ACTUATE Containment Spray and Phase B Isolation

° CHECK Group 6 CS Monitor lights LIT

5. 1BEP-0, Attachment C ° GO TO BEP-0, o o Attachment C
6. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS RWST At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN: o o Suction valves ° 1CS001A

° 1CS001B

7. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS Pump At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN: o o Header isol valves ° 1CS007A

° 1CS007B Page 6 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD

8. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS eductor At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN: o o spray additive valves ° 1CS019A

° 1CS019B NOTE Alternate path begins with step 9 and ends with step 10

  • 9. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c At 1PM06J; o o RNO
  • PLACE 1A and/or 1B CS pump test switch in TEST
  • 10 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c At 1PM06J; o o RNO (continued)
  • MANUALLY OPEN 1CS19A and/or 1CS019B
11. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 1.c At 1PM06J; o o RNO (continued)

° PLACE 1A and/or1B CS pump test switch in NORMAL At 1PM06J, CHECK OPEN: o o

12. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS ° 1CS010A Eductor Inlet FCVs ° 1CS010B
  • 13. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, CS At 1PM06J: o o Pumps
  • Check at least one CS pump RUNNING
14. 1BEP-0, Attachment C, Step 3 ° RETURN TO BEP-0, o o Step 14.c Page 7 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Comment SAT UNSAT Number STEP ELEMENT STANDARD

15. Group 6 Phase B isolation monitor At 1PM06J: o o lights

° CHECK Group 6 Phase B Isolation monitor lights LIT

16. Stop All Reactor Coolant Pumps At 1PM05J: o o o Check all RCPs STOPPED
15. Check CS eductor suction flow > At 1PM06J: o o 15 gpm

° CHECK CS eductor suction flow on 1FI-CS013 and/or 1FI-CS014

16. Check CS eductor additive flow > At 1PM06J: o o 5 gpm Cue: This JPM is completed

° CHECK CS eductor additive flow on 1FI-CS015 and/or 1FI-CS016 RECORD STOP TIME_______

Page 8 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 Operators Name:

Job

Title:

RO SRO SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Manually Initiate Containment Spray (_BEP-0)

JPM Number: N-46a Revision Number: 4 Task Number and

Title:

4D.CS-01 Manually Initiate Containment Spray (BEP-0)

K/A Number and Importance: 026A4.01 (4.5 / 4.3)

Task Standard: Manually Initiate Containment Spray _BEP-0 Step 14 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Testing Method: Simulate Alternate Path: Yes No Perform SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes

References:

_ BEP-0, Step 14 EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against the standards contained in this JPM, and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

Page 9 of 10

CR-e from N-46A rev 3 INITIAL CONDITIONS TASK CONDITIONS:

1. You are the Unit NSO.
2. A LOCA has just occurred and 1BEP-0 is in progress.
3. The ECCS is in the injection mode with decreasing RCS pressure.
4. Containment pressure peaked at 25 psig.

INITIATING CUES:

The US has directed you to initiate Containment Spray per 1BEP-0, Step 14.

Page 10 of 10

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Unload D/G that is paralleled to the SAT JPM Number: CR-f Revision Number: 15 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/29/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Ristau 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP DG-12 Rev: 20 Procedure BOP DG-11T1, Diesel Generator Start/Stop Log Rev: 2

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/29/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 15 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, change was procedure rev that added 1 step to the JPM.

Created from JPM No. N-6 rev.14

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Start, parallel, and load DG to 5500 KW using procedure then snap for succeeding uses.
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the extra NSO.
2. The Unit is in mode 1, with a normal "at power" electrical lineup.
3. Diesel Generator 1A has been running paralleled to the grid for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> at 5500 KW INITIATING CUE
1. The Unit Supervisor has just directed you to shutdown the 1A Diesel Generator per BOP DG-12 from the Control Room.
2. Electric Operations has been notified and expects the DG load to be reduced and then removed from parallel operation.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee LOCATE and OPEN

1. Refer to BOP DG-12, Diesel BOP DG-12 Generator Shutdown Note: Step 1 may be performed at any time Cue: All prerequisites are met NOTE Cue the candidate at each plateau that the time frame has been met.
  • 2. Reduce load on the 1A DG to less At 1PM01J:

than 250 KW using DG 1A Gov Adj

  • LOWER the DG Gov Adj control. control to REDUCE load to

< 250 KW per the schedule Note: The examinee may adjust VAR in the note loading as necessary while unloading

° 4100 KW for 2 minutes the machine

° 2750 KW for 2 minutes

° 1400 KW for 15 minutes

° < 250 KW

3. Adjust reactive load to zero KVARS At 1PM01J:

using Diesel Gen 1A Volt Adj. ° ADJUST DG KVARS to Control. ZERO using the 1A DG VOLT ADJ NOTE The following annunciator will alarm after DG output breaker is opened:

1-21-D9, DG 1A RUNNING UNLOADED The diesel will continue running for 5 minutes after step 10 execution of this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 4. Open ACB 1413 DG 1A Feed to At 1PM01J:

4KV Bus 141.

  • OPEN ACB 1413 NOTE:

The completion of BOP DG-11T1 is NOT required for this JPM.

5. Record the time ACB 1413 was opened on BOP DG-11T1

° RECORD the time ACB Cue: The Unit NSO will complete 1413 was opened on BOP DG-11T1 BOP DG-11T1 At 1PM01J:

  • 6. VERIFY/PLACE DG 1A ACB 1413 auto re-close circuit arm selector
  • VERIFY/PLACE DG 1A switch in the NORM position. ACB 1413 auto re-close circuit arm selector switch in the NORM position.

Locally

7. VERIFY/PLACE the Start Mode Selector Switch at 1PL07J in FAST. Start mode selector switch:

° DIRECT NLO to Cue: The EO reports the start mode selector switch is in FAST VERIFY/PLACE the Start Mode Selector switch in FAST at 1PL07J

8. VERIFY DG air receiver pressures Locally:

are > 175 psig prior to stopping DG Starting Air receiver pressures to ensure operability.

° DIRECT NLO to VERIFY Cue: The EO reports the air receiver DG starting air receiver pressures are > 175 psig. pressures > 175 psig SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-006 - rev 14)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

9. VERIFY control mode selector Locally:

switch Control mode selector switch Cue: The EO reports the control mode selector switch is in REMOTE ° DIRECT the NLO to VERIFY the Control Mode Note: The operator may check the Selector Switch is in LOCAL white light NOT LIT REMOTE

  • 10. PLACE the DG 1A Start Switch in At 1PM01J:

STOP position.

Stop the 1A DG

  • PLACE the 1A DG Start Switch to STOP Cue: This JPM is complete

° CHECK STOP light LIT RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-41 R9)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Unload and Shutdown a Diesel Generator JPM Number: CR-f Revision Number: 15 Task Number and

Title:

4C.DG-04,05 UNLOAD a DG & SHUTDOWN a DG K/A Number and Importance: 064A4.06 3.1/3.9 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1. BOP DG-11T1, Diesel Generator Start/Stop Log (Rev 2)
2. BOP DG-12, Diesel Generator Shutdown (Rev. 20)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 2, 4, 6 & 10 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-f (from N-41 R9)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the extra NSO.
2. The unit is in mode 1, with a normal "at power" electrical lineup.
3. Diesel Generator 1A has been running paralleled to the grid for 4 hours4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> at 5500 KW.

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit Supervisor has just directed you to shutdown the 1A Diesel Generator, per BOP DG-12 from the Control Room.
2. Electric Operations has been notified and expects the DG load to be reduced and then removed from parallel operation.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Align Ventilation Systems for Emergency Operations (Failure of Fuel Handling Building Fans to Start)

JPM Number: CR-g Revision Number: 6 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/29/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Ristau 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP VA-6 Rev: 4 Procedure 2BEP-0 Rev: 202

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/29/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision X Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.

Created from JPM No. N-99b

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-22 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Verify:
  • 0VA085Y closed
  • 0VA084Y open
  • 0VA086Y open
3. VC M/U Filter Unit on running VC Train
4. Place VC Recirc Charcoal Adsorber Selector Switches on BOTH trains of VC to ABSORB, allow dampers to realign, then place both switches back to AUTO
5. Start 0B and 0F VA Inaccessible Plenum Charcoal Booster Fans
6. Close FHB Pre-Filter Isolation Dampers:
a. 0VA058Y/0VA059Y
b. 0VA053Y/0VA054Y
7. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
8. Obtain Unit-2 E-0 Attachment. B binder with steps for the examinee
9. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
2. Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
3. 2BEP-0 is in progress in response to the event.

INITIATING CUE You are directed to verify Fuel Handling Building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation per step 6 of 2BEP-0 Attachment B.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee

1. Refer to 2BEP-0, Reactor Trip or LOCATE and OPEN Safety Injection, Attachment B step 2BEP-0 to Attachment B 6 step 6 Note: JPM step 1 may be performed at any time NOTE ALTERNATE PATH STARTS HERE JPM steps 2 through 10 verify the fuel handling building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation. The fuel handling building fans fail to start initially
2. Verify FH building ventilation aligned At 1PM02J, VERIFY
  • 0VA04CA NOT running AND
  • 0VA04CB NOT running
3. Refer to BOP VA-6, Fuel Handling LOCATE and OPEN BOP Building Charcoal Booster Fan VA-6 Operation Note: JPM step 10 may be performed ° at any time Cue: (if asked) The system is lined up IAW BOP VA-E3 NOTE In the following JPM steps, provide cues to the examinee based on which train is started SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

  • 4. Place one FHB Exhaust Plenum on At 0PM02J, line VERIFY/OPEN:
  • 0VA058Y and 0VA059Y (A Train)

OR

  • 0VA053Y and 0VA054Y (B Train)
5. Ensure the other trains FHB Filter At 1PM02J, VERIFY/CLOSE Flow Control damper is CLOSED. for fan NOT being started:

o 0VA062Y (for A fan)

OR 0VA057Y (for B fan)

6. Verify the fan transfer switch is in remote. ° VERIFY fan transfer switch is in REMOTE Note: The student may use the Stop light (green) on the associated control switch to verify the fan is in REMOTE Cue: The EO reports that the fan transfer switch is in the REMOTE position at 0VA01JA
  • 7. Start one train of Fuel Handling At 0PM02J, START:

Building Charcoal Booster fan.

  • 0VA04CA OR
  • 0VA04CB
8. Ensure FHB Filter Train Flow Control At 0PM02J, VERIFY/OPEN:

damper opens.

o 0VA057Y (for A fan)

OR 0VA062Y (for B fan)

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b - rev 5)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

9. Ensure FHB Charcoal Adsorber Inlet At 0PM02J, VERIFY/OPEN:

Isol opens.

o 0VA060Y (for A fan)

OR 0VA055Y (for B fan)

10. Ensure FHB Charcoal Adsorber At 0PM02J, VERIFY/CLOSE:

Bypass Isol damper closes.

o 0VA051Y (for A fan)

OR 0VA435Y (for B fan)

Cue: (if required) This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b R5)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Align Ventilation Systems for Emergency Operation (Failure of FHB)

JPM Number: CR-g Revision Number: 6 Task Number and

Title:

4D.EP-19 RESPOND to Safety Injection Signal K/A Number and Importance: 072A3.01 2.9/3.1 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s): BOP VA-6 Rev: 4 2BEP-0 Rev: 202 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4 and 7 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-g (from N-99b R5)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the Unit 1 Assist NSO.
2. Unit 2 has experienced a LOCA.
3. 2BEP-0 is in progress in response to the event.

INITIATING CUE You are directed to verify Fuel Handling Building ventilation is aligned for emergency operation per step 6 of 2BEP-0 Attachment B.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Establish and Secure Normal and RH Letdown flow JPM Number: CR-h Revision Number: 09 Date: 10/29/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/29/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Mark Ristau 11/06/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor 11/06/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP CV-17 Rev: 25 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/29/11 SME / Instructor Date x x SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 9 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.

Created from JPM No. N-64 R8

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

SIMULATOR SETUP INSTRUCTIONS

1. Reset to IC-25 NOTE: It is okay to use a similar IC to the IC listed above, provided the IC actually used is verified to be compatible with this and other JPMs that are scheduled to be run concurrently.
2. Modify Remote Function RH02 to 100, to open 1RH8734B when called as EO by examinee.
3. When the above steps are completed for this and other JPMs to be run concurrently then validate, if not previously validated, the concurrently run JPMs using the JPM Validation Checklist
4. This completes the setup for this JPM SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the unit NSO.
2. The plant is in MODE 4 with RHR in shutdown cooling.
3. Normal letdown is in service.
4. Train B RHR is operating with train A in stand-by.
5. Degassing of the RCS is NOT required at this time.

INITIATING CUE The US directs you to establish 55 gpm letdown from RH and secure normal letdown per BOP CV-17.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE If this JPM is performed on the simulator, only the cues underlined are required to be provided to the examinee

1. Refer to BOP CV-17, step F.1 LOCATE and OPEN BOP CV-17 Note: May be performed at any time Cue: Prerequisites are met
2. Verify/Open 1CV460 At 1PM05J:

VERIFY/OPEN 1CV460

3. Verify/Open 1CV459 At 1PM05J:

° VERIFY/OPEN 1CV459

4. Verify/Open 1CV8389A/B At 1PM05J:

VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8389A/B

5. Verify/Open 1CV8160 At 1PM05J:

VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8160

6. Verify/Open 1CV8149A/B/C At 1PM05J:

° VERIFY/OPEN 1CV8149A/B/C At 1PM05J:

7. Verify RH letdown control valve position

° VERIFY/REDUCE 1CV128 demand to 0%

  • 8. Align RH letdown flowpath Cue: Operator reports 1RH8734B is
  • DISPATCH operator to OPEN locally open 1RH8734B SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number At 1PM05J:

  • 9. Place 1CC130A to Manual at 40%
  • PLACE 1CC130A in MANUAL and ADJUST demand to 40%

At 1PM05J:

  • 10. Place 1CV131 to Manual at 40%
  • PLACE 1CV131 in MANUAL and ADJUST demand to 40%

At 1PM05J:

11. Place the 1CV129 to VCT PLACE 1CV129 to the VCT position At 1PM05J:
12. Adjust 1LK-112 o ADJUST 1LK-112 pot setting to 7.3 AND PLACE 1LK-112 in AUTO
13. Place 1CV112A in Auto At 1PM05J:

PLACE 1CV-112A in AUTO

  • 14. Establish RH Letdown Flow At 1PM05J:
  • 15. Adjust RH Letdown Flow At 1PM05J:
  • ADJUST 1CV131 in manual to obtain desired flow
16. Place 1CV131 in Auto, if required At 1PM05J:

PLACE 1CV131 in AUTO, IF required SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N rev 8)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

17. Adjust letdown temperature At 1PM05J:

NOTE: When examiner is satisfied, ADJUST 1CC130A to CUE the examinee that temp= obtain ~ 110°F 110°F At 1PM05J:

18. Establish auto temperature control PLACE 1CC130A in AUTO At the RM-11:
19. Verify letdown radiation monitor in service VERIFY/PLACE 1RE-PR006 in service per BOP AR/PR-1 Cue: An extra NSO will place 1RE-PR006 in service
  • 20. Isolate normal letdown flowpath At 1PM05J:
  • CLOSE 1CV8152
21. Align 1CV129 for RCS cleanup At 1PM05J:

PLACE 1CV129 in the proper position for RCS Cue: Place 1CV129 is in DEMIN cleanup position to allow continued cleanup.

Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N-64 R8)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Establish and Secure Normal and RH Letdown JPM Number: CR-h Revision Number: 09 Task Number and

Title:

4C.CV-16 ESTABLISHING and SECURING Normal and RH Letdown flow.

K/A Number and Importance: 005 2.1.23 4.3/4.4 Suggested Testing Environment: Simulator Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BOP CV-17 Rev. 25 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, & 20 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

CR-h (from N-64 R8)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are the unit NSO.
2. The plant is in MODE 4 with RHR in shutdown cooling.
3. Normal letdown is in service.
4. Train B RHR is operating with train A in stand-by.
5. Degassing of the RCS is NOT required at this time.

INITIATING CUE The US directs you to establish 55 gpm letdown from RH and secure normal letdown per BOP CV-17.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Operate the Fire Detection/Alarm Equipment (without control power)

JPM Number: IP-i Revision Number: 07 Date: 10/30/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 10/30/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Brian Lewin 11/6/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: /s/ Rob Lawlor 11/6/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP FP-22 Rev: 6 Procedure BOP FP-22A20 Rev: 0 Procedure BOP FP-22A25 Rev: 0

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 10/30/11 SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 7 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.

Created from JPM No. N-49a R6

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an Equipment Operator.
2. A fire exists in the _B Diesel Generator room as determined by an alarm at

_PM09J and local report.

3. Automatic actuation of CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room has failed.

INITIATING CUE The Fire Chief directs you to manually initiate CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room using BOP FP-22.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

1. Refer to BOP FP-22, Manual ° LOCATE and OPEN BOP ___ ___ ___

Operation of the Carbon FP-22 Dioxide and Halon Fire Suppression Systems CUE All prerequisites have been met NOTE: Provide the examinee with a copy of BOP FP-22.

2. Refer to Section G to determine DETERMINE attachment: ___ ___ ___

attachment

° FP-22A20 for DG 1B

° FP-22A25 for DG 2B CUE (if requested) The detection zone in alarm is _D-71 Note: (If requested), local panel has control power indication NOTE: Provide the examinee with a copy of FP-22A20 for DG 1B OR FP-22A25 for DG 2B as appropriate.

3. Request MCR to contact REQUEST Center Desk to: ___ ___ ___

Security

° Call Security to ensure room clear of personnel CUE Security has verified the room is clear of personnel NOTE: This is a prerequisite, and was met in JPM step 1.

4. Request a page announcement. REQUEST Center Desk to: ___ ___ ___

° Page plant for pending initiation CUE Page announcement has been made

5. Verify open CO2 block valve. ° VERIFY/OPEN _CO5022B ___ ___ ___

CUE _CO5022B is PARALLEL to the piping (OPEN)

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

6. Verify Abort Switch not in Abort. VERIFY _HS-CO004 NOT in ___ ___ ___

ABORT CUE HS-CO004 is NOT in ABORT

7. Pull down the CO2 push button PULL DOWN cover for: ___ ___ ___

station cover. _HS-CO002 OR

_HS-CO003 CUE HS-CO002 button cover is DOWN OR CUE HS-CO003 button cover is DOWN CUE (if asked) The red light associated with the button is off NOTE: Alternate path initiated in the following step.

DEPRESS CO2 button:

8. Locally actuate system ___ ___ ___

_HS-CO002 OR

_HS-CO003 CUE HS-CO002 button is DEPRESSED OR CUE _HS-CO003 button is DEPRESSED

9. Verify system actuates locally. At _CO03J: ___ ___ ___

° Verify CO2 System Actuated light LIT CUE The CO2 System Actuated light is NOT LIT on _CO03J NOTE: If the examinee elects to try the other push button - repeat this cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

10. Verify alarm received on VERIFY: ___ ___ ___

_PM09J.

° Suppression alarm on

_PM09J CUE The Unit NSO reports that the suppression alarm was NOT received on _PM09J NOTE: If the examinee elects to try the other push button - repeat this cue.

11. Determine manual initiation ° PROCEED to step B.1 ___ ___ ___

without control power is required

  • 12. Open the Master EMPC. VERIFY/OPEN: ___ ___ ___
  • 0CO09J CUE 0CO09J actuator lever is in the OPEN position
13. Verify open CO2 block valve. VERIFY/OPEN: ___ ___ ___

° _CO5022B CUE _CO5022B is PARALLEL to the piping (OPEN)

NOTE: _C05022B was previously verified open (JPM step 5)

  • 14. Break glass on _CO03JB
  • BREAK glass cover on ___ ___ ___

_CO03JB CUE The glass cover has been broken on _CO03JB

  • 15. Actuate using EMPC actuator
  • PLACE actuator lever for ___ ___ ___

lever _CO03JB in OPEN

  • NOTE time CUE _CO03JB actuator lever is in the OPEN position CUE Use current time SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a - rev 6)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

16. Verify alarm received on VERIFY: ___ ___ ___

_PM09J.

° Suppression alarm on

_PM09J (_S-37)

CUE The Unit NSO reports that the suppression alarm _S-37 was received on _PM09J

  • 17. Terminate CO2 WHEN 1 minute for 1B DG OR ___ ___ ___

1 minute and 40 seconds for 2B DG has passed, THEN:

  • PLACE _CO03JB actuator lever in CLOSE CUE (If the 1B DG, then) 1 minute has passed CUE (If the 2B DG, then) 1 minute and 40 seconds has passed CUE The _CO03JB actuator lever is in the CLOSED position NOTE:
  • 18. Close CO2 block valve. CLOSE: ___ ___ ___

° _CO5022B CUE _CO5022B is PERPENDICULAR to the piping (CLOSE)

CUE This JPM is completed JPM Stop Time:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a R6)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Operate the Fire Detection/Alarm Equipment (without control power)

JPM Number: IP-i Revision Number: 07 Task Number and

Title:

4C.FP-02 OPERATE the Fire Detection/Alarm equipment.

K/A Number and Importance: 086A2.04 3.3/3.9 Suggested Testing Environment:: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BOP FP-22, Manual Operation of the CO2 and Halon Fire Suppression Systems (Rev 6)

BOP FP-22A20, Manual Initiation of CO2 to 1B Diesel Generator Room (Rev. 0)

BOP FP-22A25, Manual Initiation of CO2 to 2B Diesel Generator Room (Rev. 0)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 12, 14, 15, 17, & 18 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 15 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-i (from N-49a R6)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an Equipment Operator.
2. A fire exists in the _B Diesel Generator room as determined by an alarm at

_PM09J and local report.

3. Automatic actuation of CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room has failed.

INITIATING CUE The Fire Chief directs you to manually initiate CO2 to the _B Diesel Generator room using BOP FP-22.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Perform a Local Emergency Start of the 1B AF pp using BOA ELECT-5, Attachment D.

JPM Number: IP-j Revision Number: 08 Date: 11/02/2011 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter 11/02/2011 Instructor Date Reviewed By: Brian Lewin 11/6/2011 Operations Representative Date Approved By: /s/ Rob Lawlor 11/6/2011 Facility Representative Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N rev 7)

JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure 1BOA ELEC-5 att. D Rev: 101 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Bill Hochstetter (Signature on file) 11/02/2011 SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N rev 7)

Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 8 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Validated 11/06/11 by Bill Hochstetter and Rob Lawlor, only change was procedure rev that did not affect JPM.

Created from JPM No. N-56 Rev. 7 Specified to use on Unit 1 only.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N rev 7)

INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are a Non-Licensed Operator.
2. The unit has just tripped in conjunction with an electrical fire in the units Remote Shutdown Panel.
3. The 1A AF pump is OOS for maintenance and the 1B AF pump did not automatically start, and will not manually start with the MCR switch.

INITIATING CUE The Shift Manager has just directed you to initiate a local emergency start of the 1B AF pump using BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N rev 7)

RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

1. Locate the 1B AF pump. On 383 Aux Bldg:

Note: Provide the Candidate with a LOCATE _B AF pump.

copy of 1 or 2BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D.

NOTE Double Hearing Protection will be required prior to room entry. Ensure double hearing protection is available.

JPM steps 2 and 3 may be performed in any order

2. Verify/Start associated Aux Lube Oil Pump. Inside pp room 383 L15 (U-1)

Cue: Aux Lube Oil Pump CS is in the Inside pp room 383 L18 (U-2)

START position.

VERIFY/START _B Aux Lube Oil Pump

3. Verify/Start Gearbox Lube Oil Pump. Inside pp room 383 L16 (U-1)

Cue: Gearbox Lube Oil Pump CS is Inside pp room 383 L19 (U-2) in the START position.

VERIFY/START _B Gearbox Lube Oil Pump

  • 4. Place ENGINE START Switch to At _AF01J:

MAN.

  • PLACE Engine Start Switch Cue: ENGINE START Switch is in to MAN MAN.

Note: The blue Engine ready to start light will extinguish when switch is repositioned.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N rev 7)

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

5. Verify Diesel Air Box Trip reset. At _AF01J Cue: Air Box Trip Annunciator is CHECK Diesel Air Box NOT LIT. Trip reset
6. Momentarily depress the RESET At _AF01J:

button.

Cue: Reset pushbutton depressed DEPRESS and and released RELEASE the Reset button

  • 7. Start the 1B AF Pump.

At _AF01J:

Cue: The ENGINE RUNNING light is LIT.

  • DEPRESS the Start button.

Note: engine should start within 60 seconds VERIFY the Engine Running Light is lit

8. Monitor _B AF pump operation.

Cue: AF-7T1 will be completed by PERFORM BOP AF-7T1 another NLO who will monitor the pump.

Cue: This JPM is completed RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N-56 R7)

JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Local Emergency start of the _B AF pump JPM Number: IP-j Revision Number: 08 Task Number and

Title:

4D.OA-35 Establish Emergency Control of Safe Shutdown Equipment K/A Number and Importance: 061.2.1.30 4.4/4.0 Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

1BOA ELECT-5 att. D Rev: 101 CRITICAL STEPS (*) 4 & 7 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 12 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

IP-j (from N-56 R7)

TASK CONDITIONS

1. You are a Non-Licensed Operator.
2. The unit has just tripped in conjunction with an electrical fire in the units Remote Shutdown Panel.
3. The 1A AF pump is OOS for maintenance and the 1B AF pump did not automatically start, and will not manually start with the MCR switch.

INITIATING CUES The Shift Manager has just directed you to initiate a local emergency start of the 1B AF pump using BOA ELEC-5, Attachment D.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training)

Exelon Nuclear Job Performance Measure Instrument Bus Inverter Startup JPM Number: IP-k Revision Number: 11 Date: 9/17/2009 Revised By: Bill Hochstetter

  • 11/01/2011 Instructor Date Validated By: Brian Lewin
  • 11/06/2011 SME or Instructor Date Approved By: Rob Lawlor
  • 11/06/2011 Training Department Date
  • Signature on File SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 1 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 JOB PERFORMANCE MEASURE VALIDATION CHECKLIST NOTE: All steps of this checklist should be performed upon initial validation.

Prior to JPM usage, revalidate JPM using steps 8 and 12 below.

1. Task description and number, JPM description and number are identified.

See File Copy

2. Knowledge and Abilities (K/A) references are included.
3. Performance location specified. (in-plant, control room, simulator, or other)
4. Initial setup conditions are identified.
5. Initiating cue (and terminating cue if required) are properly identified.
6. Task standards identified and verified by SME review.
7. Critical steps meet the criteria for critical steps and are identified with an asterisk (*).
8. Verify the procedure(s) referenced by this JPM reflects the current revision:

Procedure BOP IP-1 Rev: 14 Procedure Rev:

Procedure Rev:

9. Verify cues both verbal and visual are free of conflict.
10. Verify performance time is accurate
11. If the JPM cannot be performed as written with proper responses, then revise the JPM.
12. When JPM is initially validated, sign and date JPM cover page. Subsequent validations, sign and date below:

Brian Clark (Signature on file) 9/18/09 SME / Instructor Date Lynn Sanders (Signature on file) 9/18/09 SME / Instructor Date SME / Instructor Date SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 2 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Revision Record (Summary)

Revision 11 Applied new template TQ-JA-150-02 Rev.1 Verified/ updated KAs and TPOs to current revision Changed Non Licensed Operator to Equipment Operator Added statement concerning critical step Added photos of panels SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 3 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an Equipment Operator.
2. The unit is at 65% power.
3. The unit has experienced a loss of Instrument Bus _11 due to failure of Instrument Inverter _11.
4. All maintenance is completed on Instrument Inverter _11 and the Clearance Order Tags have been removed.
5. Instrument Bus _11 is currently energized from the constant voltage transformer

(_IP01E).

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit Supervisor directs you to startup Instrument _11 Inverter _IP05E and to transfer Instrument Bus _11 power to the inverter per BOP IP-1.
2. An Equipment Operator is standing by at MCC _31X2.
3. All prerequisites associated with any critical step are met.

Fill in the JPM Start Time when the student acknowledges the Initiating Cue.

Information For Evaluators Use:

UNSAT requires written comments on respective step.

  • Denotes critical steps.

Number any comments in the Comment Number column on the following pages. Then annotate that comment in the Comments section. The comment section should be used to document: the reason that a step is marked as unsatisfactory, marginal performance relating to management expectations, or problems the examinee had while performing the JPM.

Comments relating to procedural or equipment issues should be entered and tracked using the sites appropriate tracking system.

Some operations that are performed from outside of the control room may require multiple steps. These items may be listed as individual steps in this JPM. It is acceptable for the candidate to direct the local operator to perform groups of procedure steps instead of calling for each individual item to be performed.

The timeclock starts when the candidate acknowledges the initiating cue.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 4 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 RECORD START TIME:

Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

1. Refer to BOP IP-1 ° LOCATE and OPEN BOP IP-1 Cue: (If requested) No instrument channels are in a tripped condition and the control room has reviewed _BOA Elec-2.

Cue: Prerequisites are met

2. VERIFY On Inverter Fan _IP09E. At _IP09E:

Cue: Inverter fan switch is in ON ° VERIFY/PLACE Inverter or the ORANGE light is lit Fan _IP09E ON

  • 3. VERIFY/CLOSE Inverter AC feed Close Inverter AC feed breaker.

breaker at MCC _31X2 Cub. C2.

  • DIRECT EO to CLOSE AC Cue: EO reports that feed breaker feed breaker at _31X2 cub

_31X2 cub C2 is CLOSED C2

  • 4. VERIFY/CLOSE Inverter DC feed Close Inverter DC feed breaker, at 125 VDC Distribution breaker.

Panel _11 BF1, CKT 1.

° LOCATE 125 VDC Note: Located 451 elevation MEER Distribution Panel _11 BF1 Cue: DC feed breaker at 125 VDC

  • CLOSE 125 VDC panel _11 BF1, Ckt #1 is to Distribution Panel _11 BF1 the RIGHT (CLOSED) Breaker, ckt 1
  • 5. CLOSE Battery input breaker 2CB At Inverter _IP05E:

Note: Located 451 elevation MEER ° LOCATE Instrument Inverter _11 (_IP05E)

Cue: Battery input breaker 2CB is in the UP position (ON)

  • CLOSE Battery Input Bkr 2CB on the inverter SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 5 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number NOTE The pre-charge pushbutton should not be released until DC Input Breaker, 3CB, is closed

  • 6. DEPRESS and HOLD pre-charge At _IP05E:

button 1PB for at least 15 seconds

  • DEPRESS and HOLD Pre-charge 1PB button Cue: The Pre-charge 1PB button for at least 15 seconds has been DEPRESSED and HELD for at least 15 seconds If asked: Output volts indicate > 110 on volt meter.
  • 7. CLOSE DC input breaker 3CB At _IP05E:

Cue: DC Input Breaker 3CB is in

  • CLOSE DC Input Breaker the UP position (ON) 3CB on the inverter
8. Release pre-charge button 1PB At _IP05E:

Cue: The Pre-charge 1PB button ° RELEASE Pre-charge has been RELEASED 1PB button

9. VERIFY AC output voltage At _IP05E, on 2VM:

greater than 110 V

° VERIFY output voltage Cue: AC voltmeter indicates 119V greater than 110V (or as indicated)

  • 10. CLOSE AC output breaker 4CB At _IP05E:

Cue: AC Output Breaker 4CB is in

  • CLOSE AC Output Brkr the UP position (ON) 4CB on the inverter
11. Establish communications with ° Establish communications Unit NSO with Unit NSO Cue: The Unit NSO has been contacted and directs you to proceed NOTE: The AEER is a No Radio Zone SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 6 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

12. PLACE Rod Control in MANUAL ° Request NSO/ US to place at discretion of US. Rod Control in MANUAL if desired.

Cue: Rod Control is in MANUAL NOTE The examinee may verify that the CAUTION prior to step F.1.m is met, if the MCR is contacted give the following cue:

Cue: 1) The SR and IR trips are blocked and/or

2) No instrument channels are in a tripped condition If asked about the critical step give the following cue:

Cue: All prerequisite requirements associated with the critical step have been met.

(This includes an SRO present, and US permission)

Note:

The examiner may want to use the attached picture of the Instrument bus and have the examinee explain the operation, rather than opening the panel.

13. PLACE Reserve AC feed breaker At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:

to OFF

° PLACE the RESERVE AC Cue: RESERVE AC feed breaker is feed breaker to OFF to the LEFT (OFF position)

14. PLACE NORMAL/RESERVE feed At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:

breaker interlock bar in a position to allow operation of the NORMAL AC Feed Breaker ° PLACE the NORMAL/RESERVE feed Cue: Interlock bar is in a position brkr interlock bar in to allow NORMAL AC feed position to allow for breaker is operation operation of NORMAL AC feed breaker

  • 15. Place Normal AC feed breaker to At 120 VAC Instr Panel _11:

ON

  • PLACE the NORMAL AC Cue: The normal AC feed breaker feed breaker to the ON is to the LEFT (ON position) position SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 7 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 Comment ELEMENT STANDARD SAT UNSAT Number

16. VERIFYN41 energized at _PM02J ° CONTACT Unit NSO to verify N41 is energized Cue: The Unit NSO confirms that N41 is ENERGIZED
17. RESET N41 Positive Rate Trip as ° CONTACT Unit NSO to required. verify N41 positive rate trip is reset.

Cue: The Unit NSO confirms that N41 Positive Rate Trip is RESET

18. CLOSE Rectifier AC input breaker At _IP05E:

1CB

° CLOSE Rectifier AC Cue: The rectifier AC input INPUT Brkr 1CB breaker 1CB is in the UP position (ON)

19. PLACE Rod Control in AUTO at ° Request NSO/ US to place discretion of US. Rod Control in AUTO if desired.

Cue: Rod Control is in AUTO

20. PLACE Instrument Bus _11 ° LOCATE Inverter transformer Input breaker in OFF Transformer _IP01E position.

° PLACE the Instrument Bus Note: Located 451 elevation MEER _11 Transformer Input breaker at _IP01E to OFF Cue: Transformer input breaker at

_IP01E is in the DOWN position (OFF)

Cue: This JPM is complete RECORD STOP TIME:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 8 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 JPM

SUMMARY

Operators Name: Job

Title:

EO RO SRO FS STA/IA SRO Cert JPM

Title:

Instrument Bus Inverter Startup JPM Number: IP-k Revision Number: 11 Task Number and

Title:

4D.OA-22 RESPOND to a Loss of Vital AC Electrical Instrument Bus.

K/A Number and Importance: 057 AA1.01 3.7/3.7 Suggested Testing Environment: In-Plant Alternate Path: Yes No SRO Only: Yes No Time Critical: Yes No Reference(s):

BOP IP-1, Instrument Bus Inverter Startup (Rev. 14)

CRITICAL STEPS (*) 3, 4, 5, 6, 7 10, & 15 Actual Testing Environment: Simulator Control Room In-Plant Other Testing Method: Simulate Perform Estimated Time to Complete: 20 minutes Actual Time Used: minutes EVALUATION

SUMMARY

Were all the Critical Elements performed satisfactorily? Yes No The operators performance was evaluated against standards contained within this JPM and has been determined to be: Satisfactory Unsatisfactory Comments:

Evaluators Name: (Print)

Evaluators Signature: Date:

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 9 of 10

IP-k - rev 11 From N-32 R11 INITIAL CONDITIONS

1. You are an Equipment Operator.
2. The unit is at 65% power.
3. The unit has experienced a loss of Instrument Bus _11 due to failure of Instrument Inverter _11.
4. All maintenance is completed on Instrument Inverter _11 and the Clearance Order Tags have been removed.
5. Instrument Bus _11 is currently energized from the constant voltage transformer

(_IP01E).

INITIATING CUE

1. The Unit Supervisor directs you to startup Instrument _11 Inverter _IP05E and to transfer Instrument Bus _11 power to the inverter per BOP IP-1.
2. An Equipment Operator is standing by at MCC _31X2.
3. All prerequisites associated with any critical step are met.

SRRS: 3D.105 (when utilized for operator initial or continuing training) Page 10 of 10

Retrieved from "https://kanterella.com/w/index.php?title=ML12054A691&oldid=2463995"